acknowledgement - welcome to environmentenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/... ·...

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I am extremely thankful to the management of Balaji Amines Limited (BAL), Plot No. F-104, MIDC Chincholi, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, for entrusting assignments of the EIA studies and Environmental Clearance procurement in respect of proposed Organic and Speciality Chemicals manufacturing unit. It was indeed a great experience to have interactions, involvement and discussions with the management and technical experts of BAL. Their knowledge and co-operation as well as support given during the EIA Report preparation impressed me a lot. Sharing of thoughts and planning with Mr. D. Ram Reddy; Director was always an interesting thing during the course of assignment. Thank you very much Sir!

Further, the assistance, and prompt response related to the production, processes and details of manufacturing from Mr. B. R. Reddy General Manager is duly appreciated. Also, the co-operation of staff of BAL is duly acknowledged here.

I must thank to our Technical Directors namely Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Dr. (Mrs.) Anuradha Samant, and our empanelled experts Dr. J.B. Pishte, Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe, Mr. J. M. Gadgil, Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula and Mr. B. S. Lole for their able and timely contributions in the EIA studies and report preparation. Despite their busy schedules in the universities, colleges and own professions, they were always available, on time, for the necessary inputs; field visits and discussions.

My staff of the EIA Study Cell here must receive a commendation and credit for all the in-house management and inputs during the monitoring, report preparation and presentations. The In-house experts of various functional areas have contributed their best.

Last but not the least, the contributions from my non-technical staff members and laboratory team is also duly appreciated here.

DR. SANGRAM GHUGARE Chartered Engineer

Chairman & MD Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur

CAUTION

The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production lay-outs and instrumentation details included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of Balaji Amines Limited(BAL) (Unit-IV); Plot No. F-104, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur. Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be patented.

The style and format of this EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs; drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.

Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated; recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental and Civil Engineers, Consultants& Analysts ISO

9001 : 2015 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization

CERTIFICATE Declaration by Expert contributing to the EIA in respect of proposed Organic and Specialty chemicals Manufacturing Unit by Balaji Amines Limited (Unit-IV) to be setup at Plot No. F-104, MIDC Chincholi, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur.

We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

• EIA Outward No. P-61-BALIV-CHEMICAL-32018 • EIA Coordinator

1. Name : Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar

2. Period of Involvement : March 2018 – September20183. Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Expert:

Sr. No.

Functional Areas Name of the expert/s Involvement

(Period & Task**) Signature

1 WP* Dr. Sangram Ghugare

2 EB* Prof.(Dr.) Jay Samant

Dr. Rohan Lad

3 SE* Dr. Anuradha Samant

Mr. Neeraj Powar

4 AP* Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Mr. Yuvraj Damugade 5 AQ* Mr. J. M. Gadgil

Mr. Yuvraj Damugade 6 HG*

Dr. J.B. Pishte

Mr. Vaibhav Survase 7 GEO*

Refer enclosed Separate sheet

Refer enclosed Separate sheet

Sr. No.

Functional Areas Name of the expert/s Involvement

(Period & Task**) Signature

8 SHW* Dr. Sangram Ghugare

9 RH* Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe

10 NV* Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula 11 LU*

12 SC Mr. Balkrishna S. Lole

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person. M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL);

Kolhapur, Environmental & Civil Engineers, Consultants and Analysts.,

I hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the final EIA in respect of Organic and Specialty chemicals Manufacturing Unit of Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit-IV) located at Plot No. F-104, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, MS.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Designation: Chairman & MD

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL);

Kolhapur.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 063 , June 01, 2018

Sr. No.

Functional Areas

Involvement Period Task

1 WP April 2018– September2018

1. Detailed study of the production process and operations thereunder was carried out initially. Thereunder, mass balance of rawmaterials, intermediates and final products were conducted alongwith the chemists and experts from the Industry.

2. The different chemical reactions involved in manufacturing wereunderstood and quantification of effluents, emission & residueswas done.

3. Overall water budgeting and effluent generation statistics wascarried out. Categorization of effluent streams based oncharacterization done.Based on probable characteristics of theeffluents, separation of various effluent streams in the industry(depending up on strengths and flow rates) was done.

4. Verification of water supply source from MIDC and its adequacywas evaluated.

5. Planning of water quality monitoring in the study area was doneand requisite information was provided to the Lab for undertakingthe assignment.

6. Planning and designing of the ETP was done based on thecharacteristics of effluent streams. Accordingly, treatment ofeffluents through ETP –Primary, secondary and tertiary treatmentfollowed by MEE was contemplated and designs were doneaccordingly.

7. For the environmental clearance, exercise was done towardspreparation of the application, EIA report which included projectframing and report preparation in line with policies, guidelines andlegislation related to water pollution followed by defending of theproject before expert committee at MoEFCC; for obtaining actualenvironmental clearance.

2 EB May2018 –August 2018

1. Planning of survey time table and schedule toward monitoring ofecological & biodiversity status of the study region.

2. Selection of terrestrial and aquatic ecological sites based oncriteria namely location of project, likely sources of pollution,wind directions in different seasons and location of water bodiesw.r.t their distances from site and direction of flow whenapplicable, aerial distances of the sampling sites from project.

3. Interaction with local residents for obtaining information aboutvarious species of animals and birds usually observed theirexistence and importance in the study region.

4. Study of terrestrial fauna by sighting, noting pug-marks, calls,sounds, droppings, nests and burrows etc.

5. Collection of samples from nearby water body for studying theaquatic flora and fauna.

6. Conducting ecological & wildlife surveys and preparation of statusreports.

7. Interaction with Govt. offices and agencies for certain secondarydata and information pertaining to region specific issues.

8. Review of rules, legislation and criteria towards knowing andunderstanding inclusion in the study region of any eco-sensitivezones, wild life sanctuaries, reserves etc.

9. Collection, compilation and presentation of the data as well asincorporation of same in to the EIA report.

Sr. No.

Functional Areas


3 SE May 2018 –August 2018

1. Collection of data on socio-economic aspects in study areathrough surveys.

2. To evaluate the parameters defining socio-economic conditions ofthe population.

3. Analysis of the identified social attributes like populationdistribution, availability of public utilities etc. through secondarysources and literature like district census handbook.

4. Public opinions and recording of events for future industrializationin the study area.

5. Collection of socio-economic data from secondary sources liketaluka offices, Collectorate, agriculture dept. irrigation dept.,central ground water board etc.

6. Compilation of primary and secondary data and its inclusion inEIA report.

7. Study of sociological aspects like human settlement, demographicand infrastructural facilities available in study area.

4 AP April 2018 – September 2018

1. Involved in detailed study of mass balance w.r.t. raw materials &products especially from view point of process emissions.

2. Different emissions were analyzed and line of action to controlthem was decided. Accordingly, along with interaction with theprocess experts from the industry scrubber types and media weredecided.

3. Also, solvent recovery plant/system was given a priority thoughtfrom pollution control and economy point of views.

4. Carried out study of the type and capacity of the boiler and itsoperations including type and nature of the fuels to be used.Accordingly, composition of probable stack emissions & theircontrol measures were thought of.

5. Planning and designing of APC equipment / systems was donefrom viewpoints of efficiencies, capital as well as O & M cost &suitability.

5 AQ April 2018 – September2018

1. Designing of Ambient AQM network for use in predictionmodeling and micro metrological data development

2. Sec. metrological data collection3. Development and application of air quality models in prediction of

pollutant dispersion,4. Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worst case scenarios prediction

w.r.t. source and receptors.6 HG April 2018 –

August 2018 1. Collection, analysis and evaluation of data pertaining to surface

hydrology of the region. Hydrogeological studies, data processing;analysis and evaluation, Ground water table measurement andmonitoring network methodology preparation.

2. Planning and scheduling of groundwater sampling stations in theregion.

3. Computation of ground water recharge, flow rates and allied data.4. Determination of impact of withdrawal of groundwater. Studies

w.r.t. artificial recharge and rainwater harvesting. Contribution tothe EIA report preparation.

7 GEO April 2018 – August 2018

1. Study of geology & general geological configuration of the regionas well as sub-surface geology. Ancillary studies and data analysisw.r.t. demography, climatic conditions, land uses and soils

2. Geological and geo-morphological analysis and evaluation.Preparation of drainage map, geo-morphological map,

3. Stratigraphy and lithology studies. Evaluation and analysis ofpreliminary geological explorations in the region including study

Sr. No.

Functional Areas


of structural, physical & Indian geology.

8 SHW May 2018 –September 2018

1. Under SHW study, mass balance of raw materials and products'was checked and verified thoroughly. It included detailed study ofprocess operations under proposed manufacturing activities.

1. Further, a detailed survey of manufacturing operations including their mass balance analysis was conducted through actual site visits and interactions with experts from the industry. This being a manufacturing unit Organic and Speciality Chemicals manufacturing unit involved in all the manufacturing were studied in detailed manner.

2. Solid wastes generation in different steps of manufacturing wasidentified and their quantification done was checked.

2. Identification of various hazardous wastes generated throughmanufacturing process, their quantification categorically was donethrough study of process reactions.

3. Verification was done towards the practices of storage anddisposal of HW under proposed facility which included checked ofthe steps towards procurement of CHWTSDF memberships,maintain of records of the waste generation and forwarding to thedisposal facility, notices and directions received from MPCB inthis regard. Also it was checked that the planning towardshandling of these wastes and their storage were done as per CPCBand MoEF guidelines.

4. The dedicated areas demarked and developed in the industrialpremises for HW were checked for their adequacy and functionalsufficiency.

5. Had an interaction with process people and management towardspossibilities of recycling and reuse of solid wastes in order toreduce their quantities which included study of planning,collection and segregation methodologies.

9 RH April 2018 –August 2018

1. All the necessary literature for processes storage of hazardouschemicals for proposed was studied before visit.

2. A walk through survey of the entire proposed hazardous areas wasdone.

3. Company has prepared HAZOP report for processes. Suggested tocarry of similar HAZOP studies for all new production plants andimplement recommendations to minimize risk of accident due toprocess upsets.

4. Verification of adequacy of on-site emergency preparedness planfor proposed unit.

5. Identification of probable emergencies and procedures forpreparedness for handling the same was verified.

6. Adequacy of proposed setup for higher production was guaranteedby the client.

7. Adequacy of disaster management plan prepared was checked.8. It was suggested to carry out quantities risk analysis.

10 NV May 2018 –August 2018

1. Detail study of manufacturing process and identification ofprobable noise and vibration sources was done. In proposed unit,prominently the noise sources were production plant, boiler andturbine house area. Also, DG set was one of such locations havinghigh potential for noise.

2. Verification of noise levels Monitoring (both work zone andambient) in the industrial premises and study region done by theLab team during primary data generation for EIA.

Sr. No.

Functional Areas


3. Verification of Planning and designing of noise attenuationmeasures. Apart from the separation, insulation, isolationtechniques implemented in-hose, outside measures like planning,designing and implementation of Green Belt was done. Therein,plants having prominent role in noise attenuation wereimplemented.

4. Site visit was done for verification of sampling locations, ambientnoise monitoring stations and the data collected

5. Evaluation of impact of noise sources on surrounding communityespecially in light of – (a) characteristics of noise sources(instantaneous, intermittent or continuous), (b) the time of day atwhich noise occurs, (c) the location of noise w.r.t. noise sensitiveland use implemented.

11 LU April 2018 – August 2018

1. Land use land cover mapping using NRSC Satellite image,2. Satellite image processing, Image classification, Technical

analysis and study for setting up of facility, planning of storagefacility.

12 SC May 2018 –August 2018

1. Involvement physical analysis & characterization of the soils.2. Assessment of fertility and productivity of soils in the region.3. Evaluation / prediction of impacts on soils due to various liquid,

gaseous & solid pollutants.4. Studies w.r.t. soil salinity & reclamation management in the

region.5. Interpretation of soil analysis, results and data including

comparison of same with standard soil classification.6. Collection, study and evaluation of soil information from data

obtained from secondary sources & its interpretation.

CONFIGURATION OF REPORT

Questionnaire - Questionnaire in prescribed format of MoEFCC is been filled.

Chapter 1 - Introduction

This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting the background information of the project, its location, objective of the project and scope of the study and documentation.

Chapter 2 - Project Description

This chapter deals with the technology and process to be used for the proposed capacity utilization of the project. It also deals with the sources of pollution and mitigation measures under proposed activity.

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

In this chapter the study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to know the existing environmental status. Also, the present social status is discussed to know if there are any sensitive issues in the area.

Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents the conclusion drawn by studying the impact considering both the pre - project and post project scenario. It describes the sum impact of the proposed project and mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site)

Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the proposed project.

Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter deals with the planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

This chapter illustrates the possible risk area under the proposed project and the safety and disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same.

Chapter 8 - Project Benefit

This chapter describes the predictable benefits due to proposed capacity utilization of the organic chemicals manufacturing.

Chapter 9 - Environment Management Plan

This chapter deals with the protection and mitigation measures for abatement of pollution after execution of the project. It also deals with the roles and responsibilities of the environmental management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the conclusion of the EIA report.

Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

In this chapter the name and brief resume of the consultant organization engaged in preparation of the EIA report is

presented.

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring AGL Above Ground Level AP Air Pollution AQ BAL

Air Quality Balaji Amines Limited

BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CGWB Central Ground Water Board CMD Cubic Meter per Day CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon Dioxide. COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPU Condensate polishing Unit CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection CSR Corporate Sector Responsibility CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate CWC Central Water Commission dB (A) Decibel (Ambient) DG Diesel Generator DIRD Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development DO Dissolved Oxygen EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EB Ecological Biodiversity EC Environmental Clearance EEIPL Equinox Environments India Pvt. Ltd. EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plant EPA Environmental Protection Act ETP Effluent Treatment Plant GEO Geology GIB Great Indian Bustard GLC Ground Level Conservation GSDA Ground Water Survey and Development Agency HG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation HSD High Speed Diesel IMD Indian Metrological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing IS Indian Standards ISO International Organization For Standardization KL Kilo Liter KLPD Kilo Liter per Day KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LC Land Cover LU Land Use MEE Multiple Effective Evaporator MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

http://www.bis.org.in/

MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board MSL Mean Sea Level MT Metric Tone N North NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard NBWL National Board for Wild Life NE North-East NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units NV Noise and Vibration O&M Operation and Maintenance OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standards. PCCF Principle Chief Conservator of Forest PH Public Hearing PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Particulate Matter PP Project Proponent RO Reverse Osmosis SC Soil conservation SE Socio - Economic SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority SHE Safety and Health Environment SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SS Suspended Solids STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW South -west TEE Triple Effective Evaporator SWD Side Water Depth TCD Tones Crushing Per Day TDS Total Dissolved Solids TFH Thermic Fluid Heater ToR Terms of References TPH Tones Per Hour W West ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

.

INDEX

Questionnaire For Environmental Appraisal I - XXII CHAPTER NO. TOPIC PAGE NO.

Chapter - 1 Introduction 1-14 Chapter - 2 Project Description 15-35 Chapter - 3 Description of the Environment 36-93

Chapter - 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 94-146

Chapter - 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site) 147 Chapter - 6 Environmental Monitoring Program 148-156 Chapter - 7 Additional Studies 157-179 Chapter - 8 Project Benefit 180 Chapter - 9 Environment Management Plan 181-188 Chapter -10 Summary and Conclusion 189-194 Chapter - 11 Disclosure of Consultants engaged 195-199

Appendices 215-345

CONTENTS

QUESTIONNAIRE

I - XXII

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION Introduction 1-14 1.1 Introduction

The Project and Project Proponents The Place Project Importance to the Country& Region

1 1.2 1 1.3 2 1.4 3 1.5 Scope of the Study 3 1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of Reference 3

CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION Project Description 15-35 2.1 Type of Project 15 2.2 Need of the Project 15 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 15 2.3 Project Location And Site Selection

Clearance from wildlife department 15

2.4 17 2.5 Project area requirement 17 2.6 Project Operations, Approvals and Implementation 18 2.6.1 Approval and Implementation Schedule 19 2.7 Technology and Process Description 19 2.7.1 Energy Requirements 19 2.7.2 List of Equipment 19 2.7.3 Products & Byproducts 21 2.7.4 Raw Materials 22 2.7.4.1 Toxicity levels of Hazardous Raw Material 23 2.7.5 Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass

Balance of Proposed Products 23

2.8 Sources of Pollution and their control 23 2.8.1 Water Pollution 24 2.8.1.1 Process Water Requirement 24 2.8.1.2 Water Requirement 24 2.8.2 Effluent Generation 25 2.8.2.1 Domestic Effluent 25 2.8.2.2 Industrial Effluent 25 2.8.3 Solvent Recovery System 28 2.8.4 Air Pollution 28 2.8.4.1 Boiler and D.G. Sets 29 2.8.4.2 Transportation Details for Raw Materials Requirement 29 2.8.4.3 Transportation details for Final Product 29

2.8.4.4 The Scrubbers 30 2.8.5 Fugitive Emissions 30 2.8.6 Solid Waste 30 2.8.6.1 Coal ash characteristics 31 2.8.7 Hazardous Wastes 31 2.8.7.1 Storage of the Hazardous Waste 32 2.8.8 Noise Pollution 33 2.8.8.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 33 2.8.9 Land Pollution 34 2.8.10 Odour Pollution 34 2.9 Operation and maintenance cost 34 2.10 Green belt development plan 35 2.11 Rain water harvesting 35 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Description of The Environment 36-93 3.1 Introduction 36 3.2 Land Use and Land Cover (LU & LC) 36 3.2.1 Scope of Work

Study Area 36

3.2.2 36 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 38 3.2.4 Methodology for LU & LC Study 38 3.3 Land Use Studies 41 3.3.1 Topographical Features

Land Use of Study Area 41

3.3.2 44 3.4 Soil Characteristics 47 3.4.1 Introduction

Methodology 47

3.4.2 47 3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 47 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information 47 3.4.3 Soil Types 47 3.4.4 Soil Sampling 47 3.4.5 General Observations 51 3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 52 3.5.1 Drainage 52 3.5.2 Geomorphology 52 3.6 Geology, Hydrology and Hydrogeology 55 3.6.1 Introduction 55 3.6.2 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats 55 3.6.3 Hydrogeology 60 3.6.3.1 Surface Water 60 3.6.3.2 Ground Water 60 3.6.3.3 Ground Water Development & Management Strategy 63 3.6.3.4 Ground Water Development 63 3.7 Meteorology 63 3.7.1 Introduction 63

3.7.2 Methodology 64 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 64 3.7.2.2 Sources of Information 64 3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project Site during Study Period 65 3.8 Air Quality 65 3.8.1 Introduction 65 3.8.2 Methodology 65 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 65 3.8.2.2 Frequency & Parameters for Sampling 66 3.8.3 Presentation of Results 67 3.8.4 Observations based on Period February 2018 to April 2018 68 3.9 Water Quality 70 3.9.1 Introduction 70 3.9.2 Methodology 70 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 70 3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation

Presentation of Results for Survey from February 2018 to April 2018 71

3.9.4 72 3.9.4.1 General Observation 75 3.10 Noise Level Survey 76 3.10.1 Introduction

Identification of Sampling Locations 76

3.10.2 77 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 77 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 78 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 78 3.10.3 Presentation of Results 79 3.11 Socio-Economic Profile 80 3.11.1 Introduction 80 3.11.2 Methodology 80 3.11.3 Results and Discussion 83 3.11.4 Observations 84 3.11.5 Conclusion 85 3.12 Ecology 85 3.12.1 Introduction 85 3.12.2 Methodology 86 3.12.3 Ecology 87 3.12.3.1 Field Observations

87

3.12.3.2 Questionnaire survey 87 3.12.4 Biodiversity 88 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 88 3.12.4.2 Questionnaire survey 88 3.12.5 Observations 89 3.12.5.1 Green belt 89 3.12.5.2 CER Activity 89

CHAPTER 4- ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 94-146 4.1 Introduction 94 4.2 Construction Phase 94 4.3 Operation Phase 98 4.3.1 Impacts due to Process & Products 98 4.3.2 Impacts due to Manufacturing Equipment & Machinery 104 4.3.3 Impact on Air Quality 108 4.3.3.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 108 4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures 118 4.3.4 Impact on Climate 119 4.3.5 Impact on Water Resources 119 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 121 4.3.6 Impact on Geology 122 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 122 4.3.7 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 123 4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures 123 4.3.8 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 123 4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures 124 4.3.9 Impact on Noise Levels 124 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 126 4.3.10 Impact on Land Use 126 4.3.11 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 127 4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measure 127 4.3.12 Occupational Health and Safety 128 4.3.12.1 Health Check-up of Workers 129 4.3.13 Impact on Historical Places 129 4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 130 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 130 4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for BAL Project 131 4.5.1 Biological Environment 132 4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Environment 132 4.5.2 Environmental Pollution 134 4.5.2.1 Water 134 4.5.2.2 Soil 135 4.5.2.3 Air 135 4.5.2.4 Noise 135 4.5.2.5 Vibration 135 4.5.3 Aesthetics 136 4.5.3.1 Topographical Character 136 4.5.4 Human Interest 136 4.6 The Mitigation Measures 141 4.7 Impacts due to decommissioning activity 144 4.7.1 Decommissioning activity 144

4.7.2 Planning for decommissioning of the BAL project 144 CHAPTER 5 - ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE (TECHNOLOGY & SITE) Analysis of Alternatives

Introduction Analysis of Alternative Technologies

147 5.1 147 5.2 147 5.2.1 Raw Material Alternative

Technology Alternatives 147

5.2.2 147 5.3 Analysis of Alternative Sites 147 CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM Environment Monitoring Program 148-156 6.1 Introduction 148 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 148 6.3 Monitoring during the Post Construction/ Operational Phase 148 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 149 6.3.2 Water Management 149 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 149 6.3.4 Land Management 150 6.3.5 Odour Management 150 6.4 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 150 6.5 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 150 6.6 Measures for Socio-Economic Development 151 6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities 151 6.6.1.1 List of Activities to be undertaken for Corporate Social

Responsibility (CER) Planning 152

6.6.1.2 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 153 6.6.1.3 General Guidelines 153 6.7 Environmental monitoring programe schedule 154 6.8 Implementation schedule for environmental management aspects 156 CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES Additional Studies 157-179 7.1 Public Consultation 157 7.2 Risk Assessment Report 157 7.3 Brief Description Regarding Project 157 7.4 Objective of the Risk And Hazard Analysis 157 7.5 Methodology 157 7.6 Hazard Identification 158 7.6.1 Risk Prone Areas 158 7.7 Reaction and Separation Sections of Production Unit 158 7.8 Storage and Handling of Hazardous Raw Materials 159 7.8.1 Hazard Identification 159

7.8.2 The aim for RH analysis 161 7.8.3 Storage of the Chemicals 161 7.8.4 Main Hazards in Storage of Chemicals 162 7.8.5 Storage of Toxic Chemicals 164 7.8.5.1 Storage of Ammonia under pressure 164 7.8.5.2 Ethylene Oxide Storage 166 7.8.6 Storage of flammable gases under pressure 169 7.8.7 Storage of other Hazardous Chemicals in tanks 173 7.8.8 Storage of Coal 173 7.8.9 Mitigation Measures for Coal storage 173 7.8.10 Quantification of Hazards due to Storage of Hazardous Materials 174 7.8.11 Electrical Hazard 176 7.9 Fire Fighting 176 7.10 Occupational Health Center ( OHC) 177 7.11 EHS Policy 178 7.12 Onsite Emergency Plan 178 7.12.1 Training and Mock Drill 179 7.13 Disaster Management 179 CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS Project Benefits 180 8.1 Project Benefits 180 8.2 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 180 8.3 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 180 8.4 Employment Potential 180 8.5 Other Tangible Benefits 180 Chapter 9 – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLANT (EMP) Environment Management Plant (EMP) 181-188 9.1 Introduction 181 9.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 181 9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 183 9.4 Recommendation and Implementation Schedule 183 9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations 183 9.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programme 186 9.6 Post Environmental Clearance Compliance 187 9.6.1 Monitoring Equipment 187 9.7 Compliance with recommendations of the CREP guidelines 188 9.7.1 Other Compliance 188 CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION Summary and Conclusion

Introduction 189-194

10.1 189

10.2 Project at a Glance Process Description

189 10.3 189 10.3.1 Product & By-products 189 10.3.2 Raw Material 191 10.4 Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass Balance of

Proposed Products 191

10.5 Sources of Pollution and Mitigation Measures 191 10.5.1 Water Pollution

Air Pollution Noise Pollution Solid Waste Hazardous Waste Odour Pollution

191 10.5.2 192 10.5.3 192 10.5.4 192 10.5.5 193 10.5.6 193 10.6 Environmental monitoring program 193 10.7 Conclusion 194 CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION Disclosure Of Consultants Organization 195-199 11.1 The organization 195 11.2 Technical Key Personnel 195 11.3 Services Offered 199

APPENDICES PAGE No.

Enclosure-I TOR Letter

Appendix - A Plot Allotment Letter 215-217

Appendix - B Wildlife Documents 218-224

Appendix - C Plot Layout 225

Appendix - D List of Equipment 226-227 Appendix - E Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) 228-295

Appendix - F Mass Balance and Manufacturing Process 296-312

Appendix - G Worst case scenario For Hazardous Raw materials. 131-345

Certificate and other Document 346-360

207-214

LIST OF FIGURES

Sr. No. Figure Page No.

1.1 Location of the Project 2 1.2 Photographs of Proposed Site 3 2.1 ETP Flow Diagram 27 2.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Tank 32 2.3 Hazardous Waste Storage Area 33 3.1 Google Image Showing 10 Km Radius Study Area 37 3.2 Process Flow Chart 39 3.3 Satellite Image 40 3.4 Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study 41 3.5 Topographical Map 42 3.6 Land Use and Land Cover Map 43 3.7 Land Use & Land Cover Classification 44 3.8 Settlement Map 45 3.9 Contour Map 46 3.10 Soil Map 48 3.11 Drainage Map 53 3.12 Geomorphologic Map 54 3.13 Extension of Deccan Trap Province 56 3.14 Lithological Sections at Darfal 57 3.15 Lithological Sections at Akolekati 57 3.16 Geological Map 59 3.17 Ground Water Table Contour Map around BAL Site 61 3.18 Geo-Hydrological Map 62 3.19 Photographs of Socio-Economic 82 3.20 Age Distribution within Sample size 83 3.21 Bio Diversity in Study Area 92 3.22 Aquatic and terrestrial Habitat in study Area 93 4.1 Wind Rose for February-March-April 2018 110 4.2 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/Nm3) 111 4.3 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 112 4.4 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 113 4.5 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 114 4.6 Isopleths of SO2 (8 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 115 4.7 Isopleths of SO2 (1 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 116 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 182 9.2 Environmental Management Plan 183

LIST OF TABLES

Sr. No. Table Page No. 1.1 Promoters of BAL 1 1.2 Summary with the Terms of Reference 3 2.1 Details of manpower 15 2.2 Salient Features of BAL Project Site 16 2.3 Area Statement of BAL Project 17 2.4 Capital Investment 19 2.5 Approval and Implementation Schedule 19 2.6 Electricity Break up 19 2.7 List of Equipments 19 2.8 List of Products 21 2.9 Manufacturing capacity of each production plant 22 2.10 List of Raw Material 23 2.11 Hazardous raw material used during manufacturing process 23 2.12 Product-wise process water consumption and effluent generation

details 24

2.13 Water consumption 25 2.14 Effluent generation 25 2.15 Quantification of recovered solvent 28 2.16 Details of fuels for boilers, TFH & DG sets 29 2.17 Transportation details of raw Material Requirement 29 2.18 Transportation details of final product 29 2.19 Scrubber Details 30 2.20 List of solid waste 31 2.21 Typical Characteristics of coal ash 31 2.22 Hazardous Wastes 31 2.23 Noise levels within the industry 33 2.24 Capital as well as O & M cost 34 3.1 Existing Status of Industrial Areas in Solapur district 36 3.2 List of major industries in Chincholi MIDC 38 3.3 Area Statistics for Land Use & Land Cover Classes 44 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations 49 3.5 Standard Soil Classification 49 3.6 Standard Soil Characteristics 50 3.7 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group 55 3.8 Well Inventory Data in the Study Area of BAL 60 3.9 Meteorological Parameters 64 3.10 AAQM Locations Details 65 3.11 AAQ Parameters and Monitoring Frequency 66 3.12 Summary of AAQ Levels for Monitoring Season [February 2018 to

April 2018] 67

Sr. No. Table Page No. 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by

CPCB Notification (New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009) 69

3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 70 3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 71 3.16 Surface Water 72 3.17 Ground Water 73 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations 77 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards 78 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure 79 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 79 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels 80 3.23 Detail of Sample Size 81 3.24 Names and distance from project site of study villages for EB survey 86 3.25 List of Birds observed during field survey 90 3.26 List of Fauna commonly reported by the respondents during survey 91 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction

Phase of BAL, Solapur 95

4.2 Process & Products Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact Minimization

98

4.3 Equipment Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact Minimization

104

4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 108 4.5 Baseline Concentrations 109 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10values (μg/Nm3) 111 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5values (μg/Nm3) 112 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10Values (μg/Nm3) 113 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5values (μg/Nm3) 114 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2values (μg/Nm3) 115 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2values (μg/Nm3) 116 4.12 Human Health Impact of Process Emissions 117 4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise 125 4.14 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 126 4.15 Occupational Health and Safety 128 4.16 Test Details 129 4.17 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to BAL, Chincholi

MIDC, Solapur 137

4.18 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES for BAL

141

4.19 Quantum of Soil from Surface Layer (0-20 cm) 145 4.20 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of BAL Project 146 6.1 Health Care Facility Equipment 151 6.2 Budgetary Provisions to be undertaken by unit BAL under CER 152 6.3 CER Implementation Schedule 153 6.4 Yearly Monitoring Plan within Industrial Premises 154

Sr. No. Table Page No. 6.5 Yearly Environmental Monitoring Plan in Study area 155 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 156 7.1 List of Products with Hazardous properties 160 7.2 List of Flammable solvents Stored in Warehouse 161 7.3 Health Hazards of Ammonia 164 7.4 Capacity of Tanks & Its Distances from Residential Buildings 165 7.5 Vapour Concentration & Its General Effect 165 7.6 List of Toxic Chemicals (In drums and Warehouse) 171 7.7 List of Flammable Chemicals in tanks 173 7.8 Risk Assessment - Worst Case Scenarios and Mitigation Measures 174 9.1 Environmental Management cell 181 9.2 Employment Criteria for Environment Cell 182 9.3 Summary of Recommendations 183 9.4 Implementation schedule 186 9.5 Compliance against the Consent Condition 187 10.1 Project at a Glance 189 10.2 List of Products 190 10.3 List of Raw Materials 191 10.4 List of Solid Wastes 192

QUESTIONNAIRE

FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

Note 1 All information given in the form of annexure should be part of this file itself. Annexure as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2 Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No

I General Information : A Name of the Project : Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit-IV) 1 Existing project / proposed project /

expansion project / modernization project

: Proposed Organic and Specialty Chemicals manufacturing Plant.

2 If Existing/expansion/modernization project, whether environmental clearance has been obtained

: --

B Plant Capacity (TPA) : Refer Chapter 2 for list of products to be manufactured under the proposed project.

C Location : Plot No. F-104, MIDC Chincholi, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur.

Village Tehsil District State

-- Mohol Solapur Maharashtra

D Geographical Information : 1. Latitude : 170 46’12.50” N

2. Longitude : 750 47’36.62” E

3. Elevation above Mean Sea Level (metres) : 477 M 4. Total Area envisaged for setting up of

Project (in ha.) : Total Area- 359998.06 Sq. M. (36 Ha)

• Built - Up Area – 135963 Sq. M. (13.59 Ha) • Green Belt Area – 118799.34Sq. M

(11.87Ha) ( 33% of Total Land) 5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains,

coastal etc.) : Plain

6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy Loam etc.)

: The main types of soil found in the district are black soils, barad or warse grey soils, tamboli or reddish soils.

7. Permeability (cm/sec) : --

E Alternate Sites considered

: No any alternative sites were examined since the proposed project site is located in MIDC Chincholi area.

F Reasons for selecting the Proposed Site based on comparative evaluation of environmental considerations

: Availability of all basic facilities like fuel, water, power, man power, raw materials, etc. Also, it is notified zone for setting chemical industries.

i

II Environmental Setting : A Current land usage of the Proposed

Project Site Area (in hectares) :

1. Notified Industrial Area / Estate : -- 2. Agricultural : 23,212.1 Ha • Irrigated : • Unirrigated : 3. Homestead : -- 4. Forest : -- 5. Grazing : -- 6. Fallow : -- 7. Marshy : -- 8. Mangroves : -- 9. Others (Pl. specify) : Fallow Land : 4,798.83 Ha Settlement : -- Industrial Area : 1,100.38 Ha River : 125.14 Ha Barren Land : 1,033.17 Ha Water Bodies : 114.98 Ha Scrub Land : 1,030.9 Ha Total : 31,415.50 Ha B Sr.

No. Please indicate area enmarked for each of the following (in ha)

: Area in Sq. M.

Sr. No. Description Area Sq.M.

1. Methanol Storage 1800 2. Ammonia, Amines Storage 1800 3. Alcohol Storage 6000 4. Ethyl Amines Storage 4000 5. Raw Material Storage 1288 6. Raw Material Storage 2640 7. Propelene, N-Butanol & Aniline Storage 2800 8. CO2, HNO3 & Alcohol Storage 2400 9. Raw Water Storage 4060 10. Boiler 7000 11. Coal Shed 9800 12. Methyl Amines Plant 2400 13. Cooling Tower of Methyl Amines Plant 600 14. Ethyl Amines Plant 4100 15. Cooling Tower of Ethyl Amines Plant 680 16. Finished Goods & Goods Godown 8262 17. Utilities 1200 18. Admin Building 540 19. General Instrumentation &Engg. Store 2400 20. Dimethyl Carbonate Plant 11200 21. Choline Chloride 75% Plant 4800 22. Choline Chloride 60% Plant 4500 23. Finished Product Storage 1860 24. Co-generation Plant 2320

ii

25. Cooling Tower for Co-generation Plant 320 26. Coal Hopper 140 27. Coal Crusher 140 28. ETP 3000 29. WTP 4640 30. Choline Chloride 98% Plant 2800 31. Substation 2400 32. Nitrogen Plant 600 33. Choline Chloride 75% Plant Cooling Tower 540 34. DMC Plant Cooling Tower 450 35. MCC & Control Room, Lab for DMC Plant 450 36. MCC & Control Room, Lab for MA Plant 450 37. MCC & Control Room, Lab for EA Plant 450 38. Diphenyl Amine Plant 2200 39. Diphenyl Amine Plant Cooling Tower 680 40. MCC & Control Room, Lab for DPA Plant 450 41. Raw Material Storage Area 1240 42. H2SO4 Storage 897 43. Methyl IsoButyl Ketone Plant 3500 44. MCC & Control Room, Lab of MIBK Plant 450 45. MIBK Cooling Tower 450 46. Godown 4416 47. Utilities 450 48. Finished Products Storage 450 49. MCC & Control Room, Lab for CC 75%

Plant 450

50. MCC & Control Room, Lab for CC 60%,98% Plant

450

51. CC 98% PlantCooling Tower 450 52. MCC & Control Room, Lab for Adipic Acid

Plant 450

53. CC 60% Plant Cooling Tower 450 54. Mono IsoPropyl Plant 2000 55. MCC & Control Room, Lab for MIPA Plant 450 56. MIPA Plant Cooling Tower 450 57. Hydrogen Plant, H2 Storage Tank 2100 58. Finished Products Storage Area 450 59. Raw Material Storage Area 450 60. N-Butyl ThiophosphoricTriamide Plant 3600 61. MCC & Control Room, Lab for NBPT Plant 450 62. NBPT Plant Coling Tower 450 63. IsoPropyl Alcohol Plant 2400 64. MCC & Control Room, Lab for IPA Plant 450 65. IPA Plant Cooling Tower 450

Total built up area 135963 Green belt (33% of Total space) 118799.34 Total Area 359998.06 (36 Ha)

C Is the Proposed Site located in a low-lying area?

: No.

If yes, : 1. Level before filling (above MSL., in M) : Not Applicable. 2. Level after filling (above MSL., in M) : Not Applicable.

iii

Quantity of Fill Material required

(in Cu.M.) Source

Not Applicable Not Applicable D Proximity to sea / water bodies : Sea Other Water bodies like

River/creek/lake etc. (Please specify)

Distance of Site* Boundary (in M) Not Applicable River Sina @ 5.5 Km Distance of Plant Facilities (in M) Not Applicable River Sina @ 6.0 Km

* From highest flood line / high tide line

E Whether any of the following exist within 7 Km. of the periphery of the project site. If so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the Table.

:

Sr. No.

Description Name Area falling within 7 Km periphery of Project (ha.)

Aerial Distance (in Km.)

1. National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary

Great Indian Bustard (GIB)Bird Sanctuary

-- 3.30 Km from boundary of sanctuary &1.345Km from

proposed Eco- Sensitive Zone 2. Tiger Reserve/Elephant

Reserve/Turtle Nesting Ground

Not Applicable -- --

3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve


4. Habitat for migratory birds


5. Lakes/Reservoir/Dams Not Applicable -- -- 6. Stream/Rivers Sina river -- 6.0 Km 7. Estuary/Sea Not Applicable -- -- 8. Mangroves Not Applicable -- -- 9. Mountains/Hills Not Applicable -- -- 10. Notified Archaeological

sites Not Applicable -- --

11. Any other Archaeological sites

Bhuikot Fort No 15.30 Km

12. Industries/Thermal Power Plants

Industry is located in MIDC area

-- --

13. Defense Installation Not Applicable -- -- 14. Airports Solapur Airport -- 21 Km 15. Railway Lines Pakani Railway

Station -- 5.45 Km

16. National/State highways National Highway (NH-9)

-- 2.50 Km

iv

F

Description of the Flora/Vegetation within 7 Km under following headings.

1. Agricultural crops : Jowar, Bajara, Wheat, Maize,Tur,Chana,Groundnut etc.

2. Commercial crops : Sugarcane,Cotton 3. Plantation : Pomegranate, Papaya andLemon,

orchards 4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type : Babul, Palas, Chinch, Sesame,Neem,

Pimpal 5. Grass Lands : Yes 6. Endangered species : Not Applicable 7. Endemic species : Not Applicable 8. Others (Please Specify) : Not Applicable G Description of Fauna (non-domesticated)

within 7 Km under following headings. :

1. Total listing of faunal elements : Refer Chapter –3 for more information. 2. Endemic fauna species : Great Indian Bustard

(Ardeotisnigriceps) 3. Endangered Species : Great Indian Bustard

(Ardeotisnigriceps) 4. Migratory species : Refer Chapter – 3 for more information 5. Route of migratory species of birds and

mammals : --

6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable) :

III Meteorological Parameters A Seasonal-Monitoring Data (continuous

monitoring for the full season except monsoon should be carried out)

:

1. Temperature (in oC) (a) Maximum

(b) Minimum © Mean

:::

44 °C 24 °C 34°C

2. Rain fall (in mm) (a) Maximum

(b) Minimum © Mean

: : :

550 mm 425 mm 545 mm

3. Mean value of humidity (in %) : 60% 4. Inversion occurrence : -- (a) In percentage : (b) Height in meters : 5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on

compass scale) : Refer Chapter– 4 for Wind roses.

6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season data collected at site required as input for air quality modeling)

: From Hourly mean data dominant direction is East

v

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount Wind

Speed in Predominant

wind direction Ambient air temperature

Hourly stability

Mixing depth (in m)

(in OCTAS) (Km/h) (in deg K) Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.7 for Meteorological Data

IV Ambient Air Quality Data : Refer Chapter -3 for AAQM Data A Season and Period for which monitoring

has been carried out : Pre monsoon season: From February 2018

up to April 2018. B Frequency of Sampling : Refer Chapter – 3 for details.

C Number of Samples

Collected at each Site

: Refer Chapter – 3 for more details.

Date, Time & Location

Wind direction &

Speed

24 hourly Concentration as

monitored (in µg/m3 )

Permissible Standard (As per

CPCB)(µg/m3)(NAAQS)

Remarks (Name of the instrument and sensitivity)

Proposed Site -- PM10 100µg/M3 HVS Darfal Down -

Wind PM2.5 60 µg/M3 Fine Dust Sampler

Pakni Cross Wind SO2 80 µg/M3 UV Spectrophotometer

Kondi Down -Wind NOx 80 µg/M3 UV Spectrophotometer

Karamba Up-Wind CO 2 mg/M3 Low Flow Air Sampler

Sawaleshwar Cross Wind NH3 400 µg/M3 HVS Gulvanchigaon

Up-Wind HCL 7 µg/m3As per factory act

GC

Chincholikati Nearest Habitation VOC NS GC

D 24 Hourly Concentrations (in µg/m3 ) : Summary of AAQ Levels for Monitoring February 2018 -

April2018

Parameters Location

Industrial Site

Darfal Pakni

Kondi

Karamba

Sawaleshwar

Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

PM10

µg/M3

Max. 62.60 57.30 71.5 75.4 65.9 56.3 71.6 66.8 Min. 51.80 39.30 61.3 67.5 51.3 46.7 59.4 52.3 Avg. 58.18 46.20 66.73 71.65 58.1 51.05 66.35 58.8 98% 60.28 48.38 67.98 73.148 60.23 52.86 67.58 61.13

PM2.5

µg/M3

Max. 17.60 12.80 21.7 23.5 19.2 14.6 21.1 19.1 Min. 14.60 9.50 16.6 19.8 12.4 11.3 17.3 13.1 Avg. 16.48 11.20 18.48 21.57 16.0 13.05 18.78 16.5 98% 17.27 12.22 19.58 22.78 17.02 14.41 19.98 17.50

SO2

µg/M3

Max. 31.80 17.20 23.1 26.4 32.7 22.1 28.9 35.7 Min. 21.70 8.30 12.4 16.5 14.6 12.3 14.3 15.7 Avg. 26.09 13.30 18.93 21.19 24.2 17.27 21.15 25.6

vi

Parameters Location

Industrial Site

Darfal Pakni

Kondi

Karamba

Sawaleshwar

Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

98% 29.54 16.48 22.14 25.09 28.12 20.55 24.51 29.27 NOx µg/M3

Max. 41.50 23.40 29.7 33.4 38.9 28.7 34.2 38.7 Min. 27.70 13.40 18.3 23.5 25.1 20.1 18.3 23.2 Avg. 34.55 17.83 24.51 28.26 32.1 24.55 25.20 32.4 98% 39.52 21.39 27.90 31.442 36.12 27.72 28.52 36.29

NH3

µg/M3

Max. 25.50 10.90 11.5 13.1 11.5 12.3 12.5 11.7 Min. 15.10 9.20 9.3 9.1 9.7 8.8 9.3 9.5 Avg. 20.37 10.06 10.26 11.00 10.4 10.35 10.51 10.4 98% 23.56 10.65 11.10 12.406 10.95 11.10 11.38 10.97

CO mg/M3

Max. 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 Min. 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Avg. 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 98% 0.02 0.02 0.019 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02

VOC µg/M3

Max. 98.10 40.50 41.2 37.1 40.2 78.9 41.5 40.2 Min. 82.40 30.70 31.5 30.9 35.9 61.3 32.3 35.8 Avg. 90.38 35.91 35.17 34.64 38.2 68.45 35.87 38.0 98% 95.40 37.78 38.05 36.14 39.50 73.642 38.74 39.22

Summary of AAQ Levels for Monitoring February 2018

Parameters Location

Industrial Site Darfal Pakni

Kondi

Karamba

Sawaleshwar

Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

Lead Pbµg/M3

Max. 0.10 BDL 0.1 0.2 BDL 0.098 0.1 BDL Min. 0.01 BDL 0.1 0.1 BDL 0.044 0.1 BDL Avg. 0.08 BDL 0.09 0.09 BDL 0.07 0.09 BDL 98% 0.09 BDL 0.111 0.12 BDL 0.09 0.10 BDL

Ozoneµg/M3

Max. 15.10 15.70 13.2 11.4 12.1 12.5 13.1 12.3 Min. 9.80 10.80 7.5 8.1 8.9 9.3 7.8 8.6 Avg. 12.00 12.83 9.61 9.27 10.4 10.60 9.85 10.5 98% 13.29 14.36 11.14 9.99 11.46 11.60 11.29 11.59

Benzeneµg/M3

Max. 0.57 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.52 BDL BDL Min. 0.39 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.04 BDL BDL Avg. 0.48 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.37 BDL BDL 98% 0.53 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.43 BDL BDL

Benzo (a) Pyreneng/M3

Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Arsenicng/M3


Nickel ng/M3

Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Min. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

vii

Parameters Location

Industrial Site Darfal Pakni

Kondi

Karamba

Sawaleshwar

Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

Avg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

E Specific Air Pollution Issues in the Project Area.

: Proposed project would be located in Chincholi MIDC Solapur. No any specific air pollution issues are there in project area.

V Manufacturing Process details : Refer Appendix–F for manufacturing process, mass balance and Refer Chapter 2 for list of new equipments to be installed under project.

A Raw Materials (including process chemicals, catalysts & additives).

:

List of raw materials to be used at all stages of

manufacture

Quantity (Tones/month) of proposed production

capacity

Source of materials

Means of transportation (Source to storage site)

with justification

B Refer Appendix-F for manufacturing process details. C Refer Appendix –F for manufacturing process D Production Capacity (Tones/Yr) :

Name of Products, Byproducts and

Intermediate Products

Proposed activity (New/modernization/

expansion) (MT/Month)

Total

A. Main Product Refer Chapter - 2 for details regarding Products & Production quantities. B. By-Product

E Means of transportation of raw material and final products

: By roads – Refer Chapter 2 for transportation details.

Sr. No. Means of Transport Raw Material (in TPM) Final Product (in TPM) 1. Road

a. Tanker 43955.4 21647.1 b. Drum -- 5280

2. Rail -- -- 3. Pipeline -- -- 4. Others, Please specify -- --

VI Water : A Water Requirement per Day :

Sr. No. Description Water Consumption (M3/Day)

1. Domestic #50 2. Industrial

a. Processing #208.18 b. Washing (Lab, floor and cleaning of equipment)

*10

c. Cooling 3510 (#2660+*850)

viii

d. Boiler Feed #708 e. D.M. Plant *50 f. WTP #450 g. Back Wash Water *50 Industrial Total 4986.18

(#4026.18 +*960) 3. Gardening *20 • Grand Total 5056.18

(#4076.18+*980) Note: * - Recycle Water, #-Fresh Water from MIDC...

B Source of Raw Water Supply : The raw water is supplied by MIDC through Ujani dam No. Source Cu.M. /hr Cu.M. /day 1. Sea -- -- 2. River* 211 5064 3. Ground water -- -- 4. Other surface water bodies

(Please specify) -- --

* Source: River water.

C Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs)

: Not Applicable

D Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/ Withdrawal rate

: No ground water is used for any industrial activity.

Ground water level (metres) : Premonsoon : -- Postmonsoon : --

E Competing Users of the Water Source : --

SrNo

Usage Present Consumption (cum./hr)

Addition Proposed as per local plan

Total

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground 1. Irrigation -- -- -- -- -- -- 2. Industry -- -- -- -- -- -- 3. Drinking -- -- -- -- -- -- 4. Others (Please

specify) -- -- -- -- -- --

Total -- -- -- -- -- --

F Physico-chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point

:

Description Value pH 7.0 – 8.5

TDS -- Hardness as CaCO3 300 mg/l

Calcium as Ca 75 mg/l

ix

G Physico-chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/township.

: --

H Waste Water Management : 1 Description of waste water

treatment plan with flow chart

: Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz. Stream – I (High COD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & Low TDS). Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. The total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up. Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. The salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). The R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. The RO reject shall be forwarded to MEE and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II MEE condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF. The domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be 45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity and effluent will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets.

2 Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment

: Refer Chapter - 2 for more details.

3 Daily discharge (M3 /day) from different sources

: 1018.93CMD

A Process : 268.93CMD Stream – I Effluent B Washing & lab : 10CMD C Cooling blow down : 150CMD D Boiler Blow down : 90CMD E DM Back Wash : 50 CMD F RO Reject + Back Wash 450 CMD Domestic : 45CMD Total : 1018.93CMD

x

7. Point of final

discharge : Entire Stream-I & Stream-II effluents shall be treated in an ETP

comprising of primary, secondary, tertiary units followed by R.O unit. The RO reject will be sent to MEE in Stream-I treatment thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge.

Final Point Quantity discharged (in M3 /day)

(i) Green belt within the plant/township NIL (ii) Agricultural land NIL (iii) Fallow Land NIL (iv) Forest Land NIL (v) River/Stream NIL (vi) Lake NIL (vii) Estuary NIL (viii) Sea NIL

Total NIL 8 Lean season flow rate in case of

discharge in a river/stream : Not Applicable

9. Downstream users of water (in case if

river, reservoir, lake) : Not Applicable

A Human : - B Irrigation : - C Industry : - D Others (Pl. specify) : - 10 Analysis of river water 100 meters

upstream of discharge point and 100 meters downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details of aquatic life.

: No any trade effluent would be discharge in any surface water body since Zero Discharge would be achieved. To know the existing status/quality of surface water bodies in study area refer Chapter - 3.

4 Quantity of water recycled : A (in %) : 96% B (in Cu.M/.day) : 980M3/Day Details of recycling

mechanism : The recycled water would be used for cooling tower make

up. 5 Mode of final

discharge/disposal of treated effluent:

: The entire trade effluent Stream-I shall be treated in an ETP comprising of primary treatment followed by Evaporation System. Condensate of Stream I & Stream II shall be treated in an ETP comprising of primary, secondary, tertiary units. The RO reject will be sent to MEE in Stream-I treatment thereby achieving ZLD

6 Table : Mode Length (M.) Quantity (M3/Day) (i) Open Channel Not Applicable (ii) PipelineClosed Pipeline (iii) Others (Please specify)

xi

11 What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to discharge? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted)

: As mentioned above, entire trade effluent from proposed unit shall be evaporated in MEE and R.O unit. The treated water would be used for cooling tower make up thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. Also, the treated domestic effluent from shall be used for flushing. Thus, no wastewater would be discharged in any surface water body.

VIISolid Waste Management: Details

Sr. No. Type of waste Quantity & UOM Storage Disposal 1. Wood Pallets 6.0 M.T/Yr Silo-0.5 MT By Sale 2. Scrap Material 50 M.T /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 3. Carboys Plastic 2000 Nos. /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 4. Office Paper waste 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale 5. Woven Sack Bag(HDFE) 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale 6. Drums 3000 Nos. /Yr Yard By Sale

7. Coal Ash 95 MT/Day Silo-100 MT Sold to brick

manufacturers for secondary use

8. Corn Cob Waste 28 MT/Day Yard Sale to Briquettes Manufacturers

9. Plastic Waste 500 nos./Year Yard SALE B.If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/radioactive materials or heavy metals, Provide data &proposed precautionary measures.

Sr. No. Cat. No. Type of Waste Qty/ UOM

Storage Disposal

1. 35.3 ETP Sludge

16 MT/M

Drums and ETP sludge bags

would be stored in dedicated Hazardous

Waste Storage yard in the

premises. These drums and bags

would not be stored for more than ninety days

on site.

CHWTSDSF

2. 35.3 Chemical Sludge from waste water treatment CHWTSDSF

3. 33.1

Drums cleaning, Chemical containing residue from decontamination &disposal

CHWTSDSF

4. 20.3 Distillation Residue 0.5 MT/D

CHWTSDSF/Incineration in Factory/ Authorized

co-processor

5. 36.2 Filters &filter material which have organic liquids in them

0.9 MT/Y CHWTSDSF

6. 26.5 Spent Catalyst/resins 108 MT/Y Sale to authorized party Or CHWTSDF

7. 28.3 Spent Carbon 1.5 MT/Y CHWTSDF

C What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes?

: Not Applicable

xii

D Possible users of Solid Waste (s). : --

E Method of disposal of Solid waste (s) : Method : -- 1. Landfill : -- 2. Incineration : -- 3. Recovery : -- 4. Downstream users : -- 5. Others : --

F In case of landfill : Not Applicable 1. Is solid waste amenable for landfill

a) YES b) NO

: -

2. Dimensions and life of landfill : - 3. Life of landfill (Years) : - 4. Proposed precautionary & mitigative

measures along with design features : -

G In case of incineration : Not Applicable 1. Details of incinerator : - Type : - Size : - Capacity : - Fuel : - 2. Likely composition and quantum of

emissions : Not Applicable

No Composition Quantity (M3/hr) -- --

VIII Noise Pollution Control and

Management :

A Source : The source of noise generation is mainly the Reactors, Boiler House, D.G. Set, Thermic Fluid Heater.

B Level at Source (dB) : Approximately 80 dB (A) C Level at Project boundary capacity : Well within the norms of MPCB,

CPCB &MoEFCC. D Abatement Measures

(give source-wise details) : Refer Chapter - 4.

IX A Fuel/Energy Requirements : Total Power Requirement (MW) :

Project Township Other (pl. specify) Total Present (in existing)

-- -- -- --

Proposed 10 MW -- -- 10 MW MSEB/Grid -- D.G Sets Present -- -- -- Proposed -- -- 5 Nos.

2000KVA each

xiii

Total 10 MW -- --

C : Sr. No

Fuel Daily Consumption

Calorific value (Kcals/Kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

1. Gas (H2 Gasfrom GBL Plant)

-- -- - -

2. Naphtha - - - - 3. HSD** 1750 Lit / Hr 10,200 0.01% 1 %

4. Fuel Oil - - - - 5. Coal 576 T/Day 4500 5 % 0.3% 6. Lignite -- -- -- -- 7. Other (Pl.

specify)-- -- -- --

** The fuel is used for the D.G.Set D Source of Fuel (Distance in Km) : Fuel would be purchased from local

suppliers. 1. Port : -- 2. Mine : -- 3. Refinery : -- 4. Storage depot/Terminal : -- E Mode of Transportation of fuel to Site : 1. Trucks (numbers/day) : Trucks 2. Pipeline (length in km.) : -- 3. Railway Wagons (numbers/day) : -- 4. Other : --

X Atmospheric Emissions : A Flue gas characteristics (SPM, SO2, NOx,

CO in µg/m3 ) : N.A.

Sr. No.

Pollutant Source of Emission Emission rate Kg/hr

Concentration in flue gas (µg/m3 )

1. SPM Ambient Air Quality monitoring has been done for the period from February 2018 to April 2018at various locations within 10 Km radius area surrounding the industrial site to assess the quality of air. Refer Chapter-3 for AAQM results.

2. RPM3. SO24. NOx5. CO6. NH37. VOC8. Lead Ambient Air Quality monitoring has been done for the period for

February 2018 9. Ozone10. Benzene11. Benzo pyrene12. Arsenic13. Nickel

xiv

B Size distribution of SPM at the top of the

stack : Not done as proposed unit

Sr. No. Range % by weight

1. Micron - 2. 1-10 Micron - 3. 10-20 Micron - 4. <20 Micron -

C Stack Emission Details (All the stacks attached to process

units, Boilers, captive power plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed activity).

:

Sr. No.

Description Specifications

A Stack Number (s)

S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6 S-7 S-8 S-9 S-10

B Attached to Boiler Boiler Boiler D. G. Set

D. G. Set

D. G. Set

D. G. Set

D. G. Set

TFH TFH

C Capacity 60 TPH

60 TPH 60 TPH 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 3000000 Kcal/hr.

3000000 Kcal/hr.

D Fuel type Coal Coal Coal HSD HSD HSD HSD HSD Coal/FO/HSD

Coal/FO/HSD

E Fuel quantity 192 TPD

192 TPD

192TPD

350 L/Hr

350 L/Hr

350 L/Hr 350 L/Hr

350 L/Hr

1063 kg/Hr.

1063 kg/Hr.

F MOC RCC RCC RCC MS MS MS MS MS MS MS G Shape Round Round Round Round Round Round Round Round Round Round H Height, m 50 50 50 5-6 M 5-6 M 5-6 M 5-6 M 5-6 M 35 M 35 M I Diameter 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m 0.3 M 0.3 M 0.3 M 0.3 M 0.3 M 0.75 M 0.75 M J Ash Content

% 5 5 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- --

K Sulphur content %

0.30% 0.30% 0.30% -- -- -- -- -- -- --

l Control equipment

ESP ESP ESP -- -- -- -- -- MDC MDC

Note ** From the Ground level in which it would be installed

D Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities estimated)

: Refer of Chapter 2, Section -2.8.5 for more details.

E Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality modeling)

: Refer Chapter – 4

XI Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only)

: --

xv

Parameter Existing Plant

Proposed Expansion/Modernization

Total Remark

1. Land area -- 2. Raw water -- -- -- -- 3. Power -- -- -- -- 4. Waste water (effluent

generation) a) Process b) Domestic

5. Air emissions a) SPM b) CO c) SO2 d) NOx e) Other (like HC, Cl 2,

NH 3 etc.)

NA

6. Hazardous Chemical Storage (give item-wise)

7. Solid waste a) Non-Hazardous b) Hazardous XII

Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/toxic substances)

:

Sr. No

Name Number of Storages

Capacity Physical and Chemical Composition

Consumption (in TPD)

Maximum Quantity of storage at any point of time

Source of Supply

Means of Transp-ortation

Refer Chapter - 7 for more details

XIII Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene

:

A What are the major occupational

health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly)

: Major anticipated occupational health & safety hazards are due to chemical exposure. Accidents resulting from unsafe conditions due to poor housekeeping& not using the PPE’s

B What provisions have been made propose to be made to confirm to health/safety requirements. (Explain briefly)

: All workers shall be provided with PPE. Regular checkup of workers would be done by qualified & certified doctors. Mock drills as per ‘On site Emergency Plan’ as approved by Chief Inspector of factories will be conducted for fire hydrant systems , firefighting equipment etc.

C Details of personal protective : Personal protective equipment:

xvi

equipment provided/to be provided to the workers

Safety helmets, Safety Shoes Safety Goggles Face Mask Dust Mask Hand Gloves (All Types) Welder Goggles/Shield Ear Muff Safety Belt sear Plugs, Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Refer Chapter – 7 for more details.

D Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/odour nuisance from different sources

: There are different odour sources in the industry. The raw materials & product storage places, process operations, loading / unloading sections etc. could give rise to smell nuisance. To abate the same, the industry has taken following steps and actions- 1. Feed, loading & unloading pumps to be fitted

with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages.

2. Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs).

3. Mask as PPE to worker in odour prone areas. 4. Appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust

and ventilation system to remove and control odour from work zone areas.

E Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion hazards

: Refer Chapter – 7

XIV Pollution Control Aspects : A Details of Pollution Control

Systems :

No. Description Existing Proposed to be installed i) Air -- Under the proposed activity, boilers of 180 TPH (3*60 each) and

Thermic fluid heater (TFH) of 30Lakh Kcal/Hr would be installed under proposed unit for requirement of steam for manufacturing activity. Coal (imported) would be used as fuel for boiler & TFH. D.G. Sets (5 Nos.) of 2000 KVA shall be installed under proposed unit and the same shall be used during power failure. MDC and ESP would be provided as APC equipment for proposed TFH and boilers.

Further to control the process emissions Six scrubbers shall be provided. For the acid mist control, mist eliminators would be provided.

ii) Water -- The entire trade effluent would be divided into Two Streams. High concentrated stream i.e. Stream–I and Low concentrated stream i.e. Stream–II. Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. Total Stream-I effluent shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up.

xvii

Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. Salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 M3/Day shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. Stream-II evaporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF. Domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be 45M3/Day. Same would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity and effluent will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets.

iii) Noise -- • Isolation, separation and insulation techniques • PPE (Earmuffs, Earplugs) • Thick & dense Green Belt • D.G. Set shall be enclosed in acoustic enclosure.

iv) Solid Waste -- Sr. No. Type of waste Quantity &

UOM Storage Disposal

1. Wood Pallets 6.0 M.T/Yr

Silo-0.5 MT By Sale

2. Scrap Material 50 M.T /Yr

Scrap Yard By Sale

3. Carboys Plastic 2000 Nos. /Yr

Scrap Yard By Sale

4. Office Paper waste 2.0 MT/Yr

-- By Sale

5. Woven Sack Bag (HDFE) 2.0 MT/Yr

-- By Sale

6. Drums 3000 Nos. /Yr

Yard By Sale


8. Plastic Waste 500 nos./Year Yard Sale

9. Coal Ash 95 MT/Day Silo-100 MT Sold to brick manufacturers for secondary use

xviii

V) Hazardous Waste

-- Sr. No.

Cat. No. Type of Waste Qty/

UOM Storage

Disposal

1. 35.3 ETP Sludge

16 MT/M



Waste Storage

yard in the premises.

These drums and

bags would not be stored for more

than ninety

days on site.

CHWTSDSF

2. 35.3 Chemical Sludge from waste water treatment

CHWTSDSF

3. 33.1

Drums cleaning, Chemical containing residue from decontamination &disposal

CHWTSDSF


CHWTSDSF/Incineration in

Factory/ Authorized

co-processor

5. 36.2

Filters &filter material which have organic liquids in them

0.9 MT/Y CHWTSDSF

6. 26.5 Spent Catalyst/resins

108 MT/Y

Sale to authorized

party Or CHWTSDF


B Efficiency of each Pollution Control

Equipment/System installed :

1. Existing Units : Not Applicable Sr. No.

Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

Present Working efficiency %

-- -- -- --

2. Proposed Project : No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency % 1. MDC 95% anticipated 2. Effluent Treatment Plant 98-99 % anticipated

XV Green Belt Plan : A Total area of project/township (in ha.) : 36 Ha B Area already afforested (for existing

projects), in ha. : NIL

C Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.) : -- D Plant species proposed :

Indigenous 1. Indigenous : 2. Exotic : E Width of green belt (minimum, in m.) : 1. Along plant boundary :

2. Roads and avenues within the plant :

xix

3. Ash Dike :

Refer Chapter 2 for Green Belt Details

4. Township : 5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces, : 6. Commercial plantations etc. : F Trees planted : 1. Proposed : 2. Planted : Survival Rate : 3. List of Species Planted : 4. Proposed (No) : 5. List of species :

XVI Construction Phase Management Aspects : A Estimated duration of construction in

months : 9 -10 months.

B Number of persons to be employed for construction

: Local labor force would be deployed as per the requirement. As the work is awarded on contract basis the exact number of workers to be employed is not known.

1 Peak : 2 Average :

C What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the construction workers?

: The mobile toilet vans on contract basis shall be provided on site for workers.

D How the fuel (kerosene/wood, etc.) requirement of labor force will be met to avoid cutting of trees from the adjoining areas

: Solapur is a well-established town, with all the facilities for human habitation & activities already exists nearby. All things like fuel etc. are readily available from local shops.

E Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic diseases

: All medical facilities would be provided through the industry and in-house certified doctor shall be appointed.

F Educational and other social welfare measures proposed

: Nil, as all facilities are available in the Study Area

XVII Human Settlement : -- Sr. No.

Description Aerial distance from the periphery of the site Up to 500m

from periphery 500m to 3000m

from the periphery

3000m to 7000m from the

periphery 1. Population

Refer Chapter -3 for Socio-economic details. 2. Number of Houses 3. Present Occupational Pattern

XVIII Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable)

: Not Applicable as proposed project is located in notified area.

A Village(s) affected by the project : Not Applicable Sr. No. Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income per annum - - - -

B Population to be displaced : Not Applicable.

xx

Sr. No. Name of village Population Land Oustees only Homestead

Oustees only Land & Homestead

Oustees - - - -

C Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan : Not Applicable i Site where the people are proposed to be resettled : - ii Facilities proposed at the resettlement site : - iii Compensation package : - iv Agency/Authority responsible for their resettlement. : -

XIX Expenditure on Environmental Measures : A Capital cost of the Project (as proposed to be

approved by the funding agency / financial Institutions

: Rs.400 Crores (Rs. Four hundred Crores Only)

B Cost of Environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

:

Sr. No. Description Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs) Capital O & M/Year

1 Capital cost of ETP comprising of RO, MEE, Guard tank for standby storage of effluent, Solvent Recovery System and allied Infrastructure

2680 400

2 Cost towards APC equipment, MDC followed by Bag Filters, Stacks, Scrubbers

1840 200

3 Cost towards Noise Level Management 80 -- 4 Green Belt Development 120 40 5 Environmental Monitoring & Management -- 60 6 Occupational Health & Safety 100 40 Total 4820 740

1. Details of organization set up/cell for environmental management and monitoring

:

Separate Environment Officer & managerial staff would be appointed in the Industry for Environment Management and Effluent Treatment Facility.

2. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programs envisaged/being undertaken by the project proponent

: --

XX Public Hearing Details : Not Applicable since the Industry

would be located in a Notified Industrial Area. i.e. Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC); Chincholi, Dist.: Solapur.

A Date of Advertisement : Not Applicable.

B Newspapers in which the Advertisement appeared

:

C Date of Hearing : D Panel Present :

xxi

Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION…1

1.1 INTRODUCTION 'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures, for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The main objectives of an EIA report are -

• To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. • To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including

identifying risks associated with setting up of a new/expansion project and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.

• To suggest environmental/risk management plans for implementing the mitigation measures.

World over organic and Specialty chemicals manufacturing unit is a closely guarded process with only a few handful companies having access to such technology. With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of ‘M/s. Balaji Amines Ltd. (BAL) (Unit IV)’ has decided to establish an industry for manufacturing of Organic and specialty Chemical. Appendix A may be referred for Plot allotment letter. 1.2 THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENTS BAL would be established on Plot No. F-104 at Chincholi MIDC in Taluka Mohol of Solapur District. As stated earlier, it is a proposed Organic and Specialty chemicals manufacturing unit to come up in a notified industrial area.

This report is made in the overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments there to issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. As per the said notification the proposed project comes under Category B, listed at item 5 (f). The Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Sanctuary is located within 5 Km of the project area. Hence, the category of the industrial unit has been classified as A instead of B. The EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the standard Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/189/2018-IA-II (I) dated on 9th August 2018 to BAL. The BAL unit would be designed in a versatile fashion by adopting latest process techniques as well as with state-of-the art machinery. The total capital investment towards proposed organic chemicals manufacturing unit is Rs. 400 Crores. The names and designation of BAL promoters are as under -

Table 1.1 Promoters of BAL

Sr. No. Full Name Designation 1. Ande Prathap Reddy Chairman & Managing Director 2. Nomula Rajeshwar Reddy Joint Managing Director 3. Dundurapu Ram Reddy Joint Managing Director

1

INTRODUCTION…1

1.3 THE PLACE The proposed project would be located on Plot No.F-104 at Chincholi MIDC in Taluka Mohol of Solapur district.

Figure 1.1 Location of the Project

The total land acquired by the industry is 359998.06 Sq. M. (36 Ha). Out of this total land area, the built-up area of proposed unit is 135963 Sq. M. (13.59 Ha). For detailed area break up refer Table 2.3 of Chapter2.

2

INTRODUCTION…1

Figure 1.2 Photographs of Proposed Site

1.4 PROJECT IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION There is a good demand of products manufactured from proposed industrial unit in national and international markets. Organic Chemicals with wide range of application in various industries such as Pesticides, Fungicides, Rubber Chemicals, Dyestuffs, Drugs, Acrylic Fibers, Ion Exchange Resins, Corrosion Inhibitors, Catalysts etc. Based on growth of these user industries the demand for Ethyl & Methyl Amines is also steadily increasing. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 1.5.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of Reference The BAL has submitted a duly filled in online Form – 1 application to the MoEFCC, New Delhi on 30th May 2018 for grant of Terms of Reference (TORs). This EIA report has been complied with the TORs issued by MoEFCC. The summarized details of same are provided in following table -

Table 1.2 Summery with the Terms of Reference

Sr. No. List of TOR’s Compliance Chapter/ Appendix

Section Page No.

A Standard Terms of Reference 1. Executive Summary Chapter 10 -- 189-194 2. Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Chapter 11 -- 194-199

ii Information about the project proponent

Chapter 1 Table 1.1 1

iii Importance and benefits of the project

Chapter 1 1.4 3

3. Project Description

3

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

i Cost of project and time of completion.

Chapter 2 Table No. 2.4 and 2.5

19

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project.

Chapter 2 Table No. 2.8 21

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

NA -- --

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Chapter2 Table No. 2.10 and 2.17

23 and 29

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Chapter 7 Table no. 7.7 173

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Chapter 2 Effluent and Hazardous waste are in

Table No.2.14 and 2.22 resp.

25-26 and 31-32

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Chapter 2 and

Appendix A

Table no. 2.13 water

requirement, 2.6 electricity requirement, 2.1 for man-

power requirement

and Appendix A for Water

approval

15, 19 25 and

Appendix A-215-

217

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

Chapter 2 and

Appendix F

Table no. 2.7 and Appendix F for Process

flow sheet

19-20 Appendix F-296-312

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Chapter 7 -- 157-179

x Expansion/modernization proposals:

-- -- --

c Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the

NA -- --

4

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

NA -- --

4. Site Details i Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered

Chapter 1 Section 1.3 2

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Chapter 3 Figure no. 3.5 42

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

NA -- --

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Chapter 2 Table no. 2.2 point 3

16

5

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.


vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Appendix B -- 218-224

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Chapter 1 Figure 1.2 3

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)


ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area


x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.


xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)


xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

NA -- --

6

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

NA -- --

5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA -- --

ii Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

NA -- --

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

NA -- --

iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

NA -- --

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Chapter 2 and

Appendix B

Section 2.4 Appendix B for

Application

17 and Appendix 218-224

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

Appendix B -- 218-224

6. Environmental Status i Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro meteorological data using

Chapter 4 Section 4.3.3.1 108

7

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.


iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.


iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.


v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

NA -- --

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.


vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.


viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.


ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Chapter 2 Table no. 2.17 and 2.18

29

x Detailed description of flora and Chapter 3 Section 3.12 85

8

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

ix Socio-economic status of the study area.


7. Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Chapter 4

Section 4.3.3.1 108

ii Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Chapter 4 Section 4.3.5 119

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or convey or cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Chapter 2 Table no. 2.17 and 2.18

29

iv A note on treatment of wastewater Chapter 2 Section 2.8.1 24 to 26

9

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.

and 2.8.2

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards

Chapter 2 and Chapter

6

Table 2.16 for Details of stack emission Table no. 6.5 for plan

of control emission

29 and 155

vi Measures for fugitive emission control


vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Chapter 2 Table no. 2.22 31 and 32

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Chapter 2

Section 2.8.6.1 31

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.


x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and


10

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures Shall be included.


xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.


xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Chapter 7

Section 7.12 178

8. Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Chapter 7 -- 157-179

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Chapter 7 -- 157-179

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,

NA -- --

11

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

NA -- --

9. Corporate Environment Policy i Does the company have a well laid

down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Chapter 9 -- 195-199

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

-- -- --

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given


iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Chapter 9 -- 195-199

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

NA -- --

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)


12

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.


12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

NA -- --

13 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.


B Specific Terms of Reference 1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.


2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Chapter 2 Section 2.8.4.4 30

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)


4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.


5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Chapter 2

Section 2.8.2 25

6 Action plan for odour control to be Chapter 2 Section 2.8.10 34

13

INTRODUCTION…1


Section Page No.

submitted. 7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

NA -- --

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.


9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

Chapter 2 Figure no.2.7 27

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Appendix E -- 228-295

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Chapter 2 Section 2.8.6 and 2.8.7

30-33

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed.

NA -- --

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Chapter 7 -- 157-179

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Chapter 7 -- 157-179

14

Chapter 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

PROJECT DESCRIPTION….2

2.1. TYPE OF PROJECT The proposed project to be implemented by Balaji Amines Ltd. (BAL) (Unit-IV) shall be an Organic and Specialty chemicals manufacturing unit. The EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter J-11011/189/2018-IA-II (I) to BAL on 9th August 2018. The BAL unit would be designed in a versatile fashion by adopting latest process techniques as well as with state-of-the art technology and machinery. The promoters have vast experience in this field and are well aware of the manufacturing processes w.r.t. the various products. They have made thorough study of entire project planning as well as implementation schedule. 2.2. NEED OF THE PROJECT

Amines in general – especially ethyl amines and methyl amines - have wide range of applications in industries which manufacture – API, bleach activators, dyes, drugs, chelating agents, corrosion inhibitors, epoxy curing agents, fuel additives, fungicides, plastic lubricants etc. Based on growth of these user industries, the demand for ethyl amines and methyl amines and other products is also steadily increasing. In addition to the domestic requirements, there has also been a large growth in export demand for the amines.

2.2.1. Employment Generation Potential

Activities under proposed project of BAL would improve socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs by providing employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services. Following table gives details about the number of workers to be employed under proposed activities.

Table 2.1 Details of Manpower

Sr. N

BAL Unit No. of Workers 1. Proposed industrial activities Skilled and Unskilled -700

Total Workers 700 2.3. PROJECT LOCATION& SITE SELECTION

The proposed project activity by BALshall be undertaken on Plot No. F-104at Chincholi MIDC in Mohol Taluka of Solapur district in Maharashtra.Geographical location of site is Latitude - 17º46'12.50"N,Longitude - 75º 47'36.62"E and same falls under the Survey of India Toposheet No. 47 O/9, 47O/10, 47 O/13 and 47O/14 (1:75,000 scale). Site History The study area is low rainfall region. Before establishment of MIDC in village Chincholi, most of the land was fallow and stony. In year 1986-87 an area of about 1028.30 Ha.was acquired by Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation for establishment of Industrial Estate. On 13thMay 1988 officially the Chincholi was declared as Industrial area. Importantly, the adjoining villages namely Akolakati, Kondi were mostly covered by the grasslands, a typical habitat required by Great Indian Bustard (GIB). Over a period of time,

15


due to rapid growing population, agriculture expansion and unplanned plantation in sanctuary, the grassland habitat started declining rapidly. This also affected the dependent grassland fauna, especially the GIB. Various industries located in Chincholi MIDC are providing valuable employment to the local people. While making selection of site for proposed activities of BAL, certain aspects were taken into consideration prominently which were namely – 1. BAL Unit-I and III are located in same MIDC hence it was easy to establish proposed Organic

chemicals manufacturing unit in the same MIDC. 2. Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power etc. 3. Solapur district has rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of Raw

materials as well as marketing of finished products would be easier and economical. 4. Availability of good communication facilities. 5. No rehabilitation and resettlement required.

Table 2.2 Salient Features of BAL Project Site

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Name and Address of the Industry Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit IV), Plot No. F-104, Chincholi MIDC, Tal:Mohol, Dist: Solapur, Maharashatra

2. Land acquired for the plant 359998.06 Sq. M. (36 Ha) 3. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site 17046’19.60’’ N and 75047’36.56’’ E 17046’1.38’’ N and 75047’36.53’’ E 17046’1.46’’ N and 75047’15.22’’ E 17046’19.67’’ N and 75047’15.20’’ E

4. Elevation 477 M above sea level 5. Nearest habitation/ Schools/

hospitals Chincholikati (700 M)

6. Nearest city Solapur (15 Km) 7. Nearest highway NH-9 (2.50 Km) 8. Nearest railway track Pakani Railway station(5.45 Km) 9. Nearest airport Solapur Airport (21 Km) 10. Nearest tourist places Old Temple of Sri Siddeshwar (15.40 Km) 11. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 12. Archaeological important place/

Historical Monuments BhuikotFort (15.35 Km)

13. Ecological sensitive zones Entire MIDC area wherein site is located does not come in Eco-sensitive Zone of Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary. The site is located at 1.345 Km from boundary and 1.344 Km from proposed Eco-Sensitive Zone (ESZ) of project boundary site. The declaration of Eco-Sensitive Zone is under process at Standing Committee of Wild Life of NBWL, New Delhi.

14. Reserved / Protected forest / National Parks / Wildlife Sanctuary / wetland/ estuaries/ biosphere reserves (from Project Site)

Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary is located at 3.30 Km from project boundary site.

15. Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

River Sina flows at a distance of 6 Km towards the South West Direction.

16


2.4. CLEARANCE FROM WILDLIFE DEPARTMENT

The project site of BAL in Chincholi MIDC is located at 3.30 Km from the boundary of "Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary". This attracts applicability of general condition of the EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 and amendment dated 25.06.2014. Moreover, as per Hon. Supreme Court orders, the finalization of Eco Sensitive Zone (ESZ) of Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Sanctuary is in process at SBWL and NBWL. As per the directions in the TORs letter, BAL has submitted an online application at MoEFCC on 21.09.2018 for procuring Wildlife clearance. Along with the application, duly signed authenticated map by the Chief Wildlife Warden; Maharashtra State showing features surrounding the project location and their recommendations were submitted. An acknowledgement copy of the application submission and duly signed authenticated map is enclosed at Appendix – B. 2.5. PROJECT AREA REQUIREMENT Total land area acquired by the BAL is 3,59,998.06 (36 Ha).Out of this, 1,35,963 m2 is built up area. Detailed area statement is given as follows:-

Table 2.3 Area Statement of BAL Project

Sr. No. Description Area Sq.M. 1. Methanol Storage 1800 2. Ammonia, Amines Storage 1800 3. Alcohol Storage 6000 4. Ethyl Amines Storage 4000 5. Raw Material Storage 1288 6. Raw Material Storage 2640 7. Propelene, N-Butanol & Aniline Storage 2800 8. CO2, HNO3 & Alcohol Storage 2400 9. Raw Water Storage 4060 10. Boiler 7000 11. Coal Shed 9800 12. Methyl Amines Plant 2400 13. Cooling Tower of Methyl Amines Plant 600 14. Ethyl Amines Plant 4100 15. Cooling Tower of Ethyl Amines Plant 680 16. Finished Goods & Goods Godown 8262 17. Utilities 1200 18. Admin Building 540 19. General Instrumentation & Engg. Store 2400 20. Dimethyl Carbonate Plant 11200 21. Choline Chloride 75% Plant 4800 22. Choline Chloride 60% Plant 4500 23. Finished Product Storage 1860 24. Co-generation Plant 2320 25. Cooling Tower for Co-generation Plant 320 26. Coal Hopper 140 27. Coal Crusher 140 28. ETP 3000 29. WTP 4640 30. Choline Chloride 98% Plant 2800 31. Substation 2400

17


Sr. No. Description Area Sq.M. 32. Nitrogen Plant 600 33. Choline Chloride 75% Plant Cooling Tower 540 34. DMC Plant Cooling Tower 450 35. MCC & Control Room, Lab for DMC Plant 450 36. MCC & Control Room, Lab for MA Plant 450 37. MCC & Control Room, Lab for EA Plant 450 38. Diphenyl Amine Plant 2200 39. Diphenyl Amine Plant Cooling Tower 680 40. MCC & Control Room, Lab for DPA Plant 450 41. Raw Material Storage Area 1240 42. H2SO4 Storage 897 43. Methyl IsoButyl Ketone Plant 3500 44. MCC & Control Room, Lab of MIBK Plant 450 45. MIBK Cooling Tower 450 46. Godown 4416 47. Utilities 450 48. Finished Products Storage 450 49. MCC & Control Room, Lab for CC 75% Plant 450 50. MCC & Control Room, Lab for CC 60%,98% Plant 450 51. CC 98% Plant Cooling Tower 450 52. MCC & Control Room, Lab for Adipic Acid Plant 450 53. CC 60% Plant Cooling Tower 450 54. Mono IsoPropyl Plant 2000 55. MCC & Control Room, Lab for MIPA Plant 450 56. MIPA Plant Cooling Tower 450 57. Hydrogen Plant, H2 Storage Tank 2100 58. Finished Products Storage Area 450 59. Raw Material Storage Area 450 60. N-Butyl ThiophosphoricTriamide Plant 3600 61. MCC & Control Room, Lab for NBPT Plant 450 62. NBPT Plant Coling Tower 450 63. IsoPropyl Alcohol Plant 2400 64. MCC & Control Room, Lab for IPA Plant 450 65. IPA Plant Cooling Tower 450

Total built up area 135963 Green belt (33% of Total space) 118799.34 Total Area 359998.06 (36 Ha)

From the above table, it is observed that the land available is adequate for activities under the proposed unit. Appendix – C may be referred for plot layout plan. 2.6. PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS & IMPLEMENTATION

BAL’s management has planned to go for establishment of organic chemicals manufacturing unit. The industry has submitted online Consent to establish application on Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) portal on 25.09.2018, for manufacturing activities under proposed project. Refer online Consent to establish application on Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) on Certificates and other documents. The proposed project would be implemented only after procurement of all approvals and permissions namely EC; consents from MPCB, permissions from various other Govt. departments etc. The overall planning of proposed project shall be done in such a manner so

18


that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection shall be taken. Project details in respect of capital investment are given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Capital Investment

Sr. No. Industrial Unit Capital Investment 1. Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit-IV), Solapur for

manufacturing of organic chemicals unitRs. 400 Crores

2.6.1 Approval and Implementation Schedule

Table 2.5 Approval and Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

Activity Date of Approval / Implementation schedule

1. Grant of EC by MoEFCC; New Delhi December 2018 2. Construction and Erection of Machinery January 2019-April 2019 3. Application for Consent to Operate from MPCB May 2019 - June 2019 4. Trials & Commissioning of Plant July 2019

2.7. TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.7.1. Energy Requirements

Power required to the tune of 10 MW for the proposed unit would be taken from own Captive power plant. Also, Five D.G. sets of 2000 KVA shall be installed and the same shall be used during power failure only. The electricity break up is given in following table.

Table 2.6 Electricity Break Up

Sr. No. Area of Utilization Electricity (KWH) Source 1. Plant 4500

MSEB Grid and own Captive power plant

2. Utilities 1680 3. Fire Hydrant 650 4. Boiler (3 X 60 TPH each) 2520 5. DM Water and ETP 650

Total 10,000

2.7.2. List of Equipment

Following table represents details about the equipments under proposed activities

Table 2.7 List of Equipments

Sr. No. Description Qty. Capacity I. BULK STORAGE AREA

1. Methanol bulk storage tank 500 x 6 3000 KL 2. Ammonia storage Tank 92 x 4 368 KL 3. MMA Storage tanks 80 x 3 160 KL 4. MMA solution storage 50 X 3 150 KL

19


5. DMA Storage tanks 120 X 6 720 KL 6. DMA solution storage 143 X 6 858 KL 7. TMA Storage tanks 80 X 2 160 KL 8. TMA solution storage 50 X 2 100 KL 9. Acetone Bulk Storage Tanks 500 X 3 1500 KL 10. MIPA Bulk Storage Tank(Anhydrous) 300 X 3 900 KL 11. MIPA Bulk Storage Tank(Solution) 1 300 KL

II. Storage Tank12. Methanol day tank 1 60 KL 13. Ammonia day tank 2 30 KL 14. Dump tank 2 30 KL 15. DMA Receiver 1 8 KL 16. Ammonia Day Tank 1 20 KL 17. Acetone Day Tank 1 30 KL 18. Recycle Liquid Storage Tank 1 20 KL 19. Dump Storage Tank 1 30 KL 20. Hot Water Storage Tank 1 10 KL 21. Steam Drum 10 kg/Cm2 1 1.5 KL 22. STEAM DRUM 3 Kg/Cm2 1 6.5 KL 23. Condensate Tank 1 6.5 KL

III. Kettles24. Methanol Absorber kettle 1 5 KL 25. TMA Column Kettle 1 8 KL 26. DH Column Kettle 1 3.0 KL 27. FINAL Column Kettle 1 5 KL 28. MEOH Column Kettle 1 5 KL 29. Methanol Absorber Kettle 1 5 KL 30. Vent Absorber Kettle 1 5 KL

IV. Colums31. Ammonia Column 1 24.7M X1.5X T18XD20 32. TMA Column 1 28.5MX1.4X T10 XD12 33. DH Column 1 29.3MX1.4XT10 X D12 34. FINAL Column 1 29 MX154X T10 X D12 35. MEOH Column 1 12M X0.6X T10 X D12

V. Reactors 36. Reactor 1 23 KL 37. Reactor 1 20 KL

VI. Regenarators38. Regenerator-I 1 2.6 KL 39. Regenerator-I 1 19.7 KL 40. F Amm+ R Amm+ RTMA+ R MMA+ Fr

metanol mix feed pre heater 1 36 KL

41. Pre heater by DH bottom 1 70 KL 42. Vaporiser 1 40 KL 43. Gas cooler 1 30 KL 44. V A Water pre heater 1 6.7 KL 45. DH Column condenser I 1 83.7 M3

VII. Drum46. AMMONIA Column Reflux Drum 1 8 KL 47. TMA Column reflux drum 1 8 KL 48. DH Column reflux drum 1 5 KL 49. FINAL Column reflux drum 1 8 KL

VIII. Re-Boiler

20


50. AMMONIA Column Re boiler 1 300 M2 51. TMA Column Reboiler 1 180 M2 52. DH Column Reboiler 1 210 M2 53. FINAL Column Reboiler I 1 131.8 M2 54. FINAL Column Reboiler II 1 88 M2

IX. Condenser 55. AMMONIA Column condenser 1 164.8 M2 56. DH Column condenser II 1 41.9 M2

X. Absorber 57. Methanol Absorber 1 12MX0.6X T10 X D12 58. Vent Absorber 1 12MX0.6X T10 XD12

Appendix-D may be referred for the more details of equipments under BAL. 2.7.3. Products & Byproducts The details of products that would be manufactured under proposed project are presented in following table.

Table 2.8 List of Products No Product/ By-product

Name Quantity (TPD) Uses

1. Mono Iso Propyl Amine (MIPA)

50 • As regulating agent for plastics, an additive in the petroleum industry, intermediate in organic synthesis.

2. MIBK 100 • High-solids coatings, automotive and textile coatings, Acrylic & vinyl-acrylic resins for adhesives, Extraction solvent for antibiotics & other pharmaceuticals, Nitrocellulose lacquers

3. Di Phynel Amine (DPA) 35 • Plant growth regulator 4. N Butyl Thiophosphoric

Triamide NBPT 10 • Agricultural chemicals

• (non-pesticidal),A urease inhibitor 5. Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 165.6 • Used as a solvent, usually as a cleaner 6. Di-isopropyl ether 6.6 • Food Additives: Extraction Solvent

Fuel additive 7. Propane 32.2 • Heating, Home Appliances 8. Di Methyl Carbonate

(DMC) 55.2 • Used as reactive intermediate, in

paints and coatings, fuel additive. 9. Propylene Carbonate 14.4 Used as a polar, aprotic solvent 10. Propylene Glycol 55.2 • Food, Medicine 11. Methyl Amines 120 • Industry use- Intermediates 12. Choline Chloride 75 % 70 • Nutritional additive in chicken feed,

• Dog and Cat Food Human nutritional supplements

13. Choline Chloride 60% 50 14. Choline Chloride 98% 10 15. Ethyl Amines 100 • Food additives -> Flavoring Agents

• Dyes, Pharmaceuticals, Surfactants, Herbicides, Rubber vulcanization accelerator and Ion exchange resins

21

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aprotic


16. Hydrogen 15 • Used as a Fuel, Industrial applications such as re-ning, treating metals, and food processing.

Total 889.2 17. Captive Power Plant

(CPP) 5 MWH X 2 10 MWH • Power Generation

• By Products 1 Hydrochloric acid 6.37 • For Manufacturing Glue, Purify

Common Salt, Preparation of Glucose and Chlorides, For Bleaching in Textile Industry

2 Spent Caustic Solution (20%) (SCS)

2.4 --

3 2,6 Dimetyal-4-Hptanone

1.2 --

4 Higher Boiler. 1.5 -- Total 11.47

Manufacturing capacity of each production block is given in following table.

Table 2.9 Manufacturing capacity of each production plant

Sr. No.

Production Plant

Capacity of Plant (TPD)

Name of Product manufactured

1 Plant 1 50 1. Mono Iso Propyl Amine (MIPA) 2 Plant 2 100 1. MIBK 3 Plant 3 35 1. Di Phynel Amine (DPA) 4 Plant 4

165.6 1. Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 2.Di-isopropyl ether 3.Propane

5 Plant 5 10 1. N Butyl ThiophosphoricTriamide (NBPT)

6 Plant 6 120 1. Methyl Amine Plant 7 Plant 7 100 1. Ethyal Amine Plant 8 Plant 8

55.2 1. (DMC)Di Metyal Carbonate 2. Propylene Carbonate 3. Propylene Glycol

9 Plant 9 80 1. Choline Chloride 75 %& 98% 10 Plant 10 50 1. Choline Chloride 60% 11 Plant 11 15 1. Hydrogen

2.7.4. Raw Materials The details about names of raw materials and their quantities are presented in following table.

22


Table 2.10 List of Raw Materials

Sr. No. Raw Material Quantity (Ton/Day) 1 Acetone 181 2 Ammonia 148.28 3 Hydrogen 138.9 4 Aniline 42 5 Propylene 160 6 Water 133 7 Thiophosphoryl trichloride 13 8 n-Butanol 12 9 Nitrogen 26 10 Methanol 234 11 Ethanol 281 12 Spent Caustic Solution 1 13 PO 54 14 CO2 42 Total 1466.18

2.7.4.1 Toxicity levels of Hazardous Raw Material

Table 2.11 Hazardous Raw Materials Used During Manufacturing Process

Hazardous raw

material

Sr. No. As Per MSIHC Rule

Toxicity levels* Acute oral toxicity

LD50 mg/kg Acute dermal

toxicity LD50 mg/kg Acute toxicity of

vapor LC50 mg/m3 Acetone 4 3000 Not available 44000

Ammonia 31 350 Not available 2000 ppm Hydrogen 314 Not available Not available Not available Aniline 37 442 Not available 1860

* - Toxicity data taken from MSDS of each raw material. Refer copies of MSDS appended at Appendix – E. 2.7.5. Manufacturing Processes, Flow Charts Chemical Reaction and Mass Balance of

Proposed Products

For details on manufacturing processes and mass balance for various products refer Appendix F. Therein, flow charts and mass balance of raw materials and products have been elaborately presented. 2.8. SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND THEIR CONTROL Prominent sources of pollution in the BAL industry, under proposed activities, are – (1) Operations and processes in the industry, (2) Boilers, and (3) D.G. Set. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above mentioned sources, are presented for heads – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, (6) Odor Pollution

23


2.8.1. Water Pollution

Water pollution may be defined as the presence of impurities in water in such quantity and of such nature as to impair the use of water for the stated purpose. In short, it can be said that the water is not potable.

Fresh water requirement for the proposed activity shall be taken from MIDC water supply scheme. In BAL, water shall be required for process, washing (laboratory, floor and cleaning of equipment), boiler, cooling tower make up, and DM water generation as well as domestic purpose. The assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is an EEIPL’s Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. 2.8.1.1 Process Water Requirement Product wise water consumption and effluent generation details in BAL’s proposed unit have been presented in following table.

Table 2.12 Product-Wise Process Water Consumption and Effluent Generation Details

Sr. No. Product

Water Consumption

per batch (kg/hr)

Effluent Generation per batch (kg/hr.)

Water Consumption

(m3/Day)

Effluent Generation (m3/Day)

1 Mono Iso Propyl Amine (MIPA) 0 658.94 0.00 15.81

2 MIBK 0 700 0.00 16.67 3 Di Phynel Amine (DPA) 0 0 0.00 0.00 4 N Butyl

ThiophosphoricTriamide (NBPT)

0 50 0.00 1.19

5 Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 6300 3000 150.65 71.74

6 Di Methyl Carbonate (DMC) 0 0 0.00 0.00

7 Methyl Amines 2000 3480 48.00 83.52 8 Choline Chloride 75 % 0 0 0.00 0.00 9 Choline Chloride 60% 0 0 0.00 0.00 10 Choline Chloride 98% 0 0 0.00 0.00 11 Ethyl Amines 400 3360 9.52 80.00

Grand Total 8700 11248.94 208.18 263.93 Note:1) From above table it is seen that processes are not water intensive.

2) Processes are continues and all un-reacted material is recycled their itself it leads to minimum effluent generation from processes.

2.8.1.2. Water Requirement

Daily water requirement in the BAL has been shown in the following Table.

24


Table 2.13 Water Consumption

Sr. No. Description Water Consumption (M3/Day) 1. Domestic #50

2.

Industrial a. Processing #208.18 b. Washing (Lab, floor and leaning of equipment) *10

c. Cooling 3510 (#2660+*850) d. Boiler Feed #708 e. D.M. Plant *50 f. WTP #450 g. Back Wash Water *50 Industrial Total 4986.18 (#4026.18 +*960)

3. Gardening *20 Grand Total 5056.18 (#4076.18+*980)

Note: * - Recycle Water, #-Fresh Water from MIDC.

Water required for proposed operations shall be taken from MIDC water supply scheme. Total water requirement under proposed activity would be to the tune of 5056.18M3/Day. Out of this, 4076.1M3/Day would be fresh water, 980 M3/Day would be Recycled Process Water after Distillation.

2.8.2. Effluent Generation

2.8.2.1 Domestic Effluent

The domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity and effluent will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets.

2.8.2.2 Industrial Effluent

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz. Stream – I (High COD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD& Low TDS). The details w.r.t effluents considered under Stream – I and Stream – II are as follows–

Table 2.14 Effluent Generation Sr. No. Purpose Effluent Generation (CMD)

I Domestic 45 II Industrial

A. Stream – I (High COD &BOD; high TDS) a. Process 268.93 b. Washing (Lab, floor and cleaning of equipment)

10

Total Stream - I 278.93 B. Stream - II (Low COD & BOD; low TDS)

c. Cooling Blow Down 150

25


Sr. No. Purpose Effluent Generation (CMD) d. Boiler Blow Down 90 e. D.M. Plant 50 f. RO. Reject + Back Wash 450

Total Stream -II 740

Total Effluent (Stream-I + Stream –II) 1018.93 The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing.The total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up. Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. The salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). The R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. The RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II evporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF.

26


Figure 2.1 ETP Flow Diagrams

27


2.8.3 Solvent Recovery System Various solvents would be used during the manufacturing process of Organic Chemicals. These solvents would be recovered and reused in process. The path of solvent recovery would be followed is presented as follows- After completion of reaction the solvents are recovered in a distillation unit. The distillation unit has two condensers (shell and tube type). The first condenser has cooling tower water, while the second condenser has the chilled

water at 0 - 20 C as coolants. After the vapors are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed vapors is passed

through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled water. The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system. All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line. These fumes and

exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali. The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed water is sent to

ETP for further treatment. Product-wise solvent recovery presented in following -

Table 2.15 Quantification of Recovered Solvent

Sr. No

Product Stage Solvent Input Quantity of

solvent (Kg/batch)

Quantity recovered &

recycled (Kg/batch)

Quantity lost

(Kg/ batch)

% of solvent

recovered

1 Mono Isopropyl amine (MIPA) 1st Acetone 2,125 Conversion is 100% from raw material to

Product

2 Methyl isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) 1st Acetone 5500 600 4900 10%

3 Diphenylamine (DPA) 1st Aniline 1750 291.54 1458.46 16%

4 Isopropyl Alcohol (IPA) 1st Propylene 6700 950 5750 14%

5

N-Butyl ThiophosphoricTriamide (NBPT)

1st N-Butanol 500 300 200 60% 2nd Ammonia 500 350 150 70%

3rd Thiophosph

oryl trichloride

550 120 380 21%

6

Methyl Amine

1st Ammonia 6450 4230 2220 65% 2nd Methanol 6580 320 6260 4%

7

Ethyl Amine

1st Ammonia 2580 1620 960 62% 2nd Ethanol 10650 3930 6720 36%

8 Di Methyl Carbonate (DMC) 1st Methnol 2245 400 1845 17%

2.8.4. Air Pollution Air Pollution can be defined as presence, in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odor, smoke or vapor) in sufficient quantities, of such

28


characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with comfortable enjoyment of life or property. The assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) aspect was done by In-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL namely Dr. Sangram Ghugare and Mr. Yuvraj Damugade was involved in the overall exercise w.r.t. Air Quality and Modeling studies i.e. AQ aspect w.r.t. the project. 2.8.4.1.Boilers and D.G. Sets Three boiler of total capacity 180 TPH (60 TPH each) would be installed under proposed unit for requirement of steam for manufacturing activity. Imported Coal would be used as fuel for boiler, Two Nos. of TFH with 30 Lakh kcal/hr. and D.G. Sets (5 Nos.) of 2000 KVA shall be installed under proposed unit and the same shall be used during power failure.

Table 2.16 Details of Fuels for Boilers, TFH & DG Sets

Sr. No. Description

Specifications Steam Boiler

(3 Nos.) TFH (2 Nos.) D.G. Sets (5 Nos.)

1. Capacity 60 TPH each 30Lakh Kcal/Hr each

2000KVA each

2. Fuel Coal(Imported) Coal/FO/HSD HSD 3. Fuel Quantity 192 TPD each 1063 Kg/hr.

each 350Lit/Hr

each 4. Material of construction RCC MS MS 5. Shape Round Round Round 6. Height (AGL) 50 M 35 M 5-6 M 7. Ash content (%) of fuel 5 -- -- 8. Sulphur content (%) of fuel 0.3 -- -- 9. APC Equipment ESP MDC --

2.8.4.2.Transportation details for Raw Materials requirement

Table 2.17 Transportation details of Raw Material Requirement

Sr. No.

Means of Transport

Frequency of Vehicle

Distance Travelled (KM)

Quantity of RM Transported (TPM)

1. Road Tanker 90Nos./Day 6000 43955.4 T/M

2.8.4.3.Transportation details for Final Product

Table 2.18 Transportation Details of Final Product

No. Means of Transport

Frequency of vehicle

Distance travelled (KM)

Quantity of final product Transported (TPM)

1. Road Tanker 44 Nos./Day 8000 21647.1T/M Drum 15 Nos./Day 4000 5280 T/M

29


2.8.4.4.The Scrubbers There would be process emissions in the form Ammonia & Amines would be emitted during manufacturing. The same would be treated with installation of scrubbers.

Table 2.19 Scrubber Details

Sr. No.

Plant Process Emissions

Control Equipment

Scrubber Media

Dia. of Absorber

Height of Absorber

Disposal

1. Methylamines Plant

Ammonia & Amines

Absorber/ Scrubber

Methanol 600 mm 10 Mtr Reused

2. Ethylamine Plant

Ammonia & Amines

Absorber/ Scrubber

Water 600 mm 10 Mtr Reused

3. MIPA Ammonia Absorber/ Scrubber

Water 600 mm 10 Mtr Reused.

4. NBPT Ammonia Absorber/ Scrubber

Water 600 mm 10 Mtr Reused.

5. Unloading Point

-- Absorber/ Scrubber

600 mm 10 Mtr Reused. Reused.

6. Loading Point -- Absorber/ Scrubber

600 mm 10 Mtr Reused. Reused.

2.8.5. Fugitive Emissions

The sources of fugitive emissions identified under proposed BAL’s Organic Chemicals manufacturing are as process operations, related miscellaneous operations, material storage, equipment leaks and fuel yard. Process operations – Here emissions could occur from loading – unloading, mixing,

blending, and filling operations. Material Loading Emissions - Emissions may occur during material loading in mixing

and blending equipment due to the displacement of organic vapors. Emissions may be emitted from a mixing tank when the device is uncovered or when a lid is open.

Surface Evaporation - Surface evaporation may occur during mixing, dispersing, and blending operations if the vessel contents are exposed to the atmosphere.

Filling Losses - Emissions from product filling occur during transfer and free-fall into the receiving container.

An emission control system typically consists of a capture device and a removal device. The capture device (such as a hood or enclosure) captures the emission-laden air from the emission area and ducts carry the exhaust air stream to removal equipment such as a recovery device or a destructive control device. The VOCs getting released from storage tanks, process piping, reactors, fuel storage and combustion are handled by various preventive measures like solvent recovery system (control of solvent losses &process emissions) and through preventive maintenance protocol for avoiding leakages and spillages. 2.8.6. Solid Waste

Solid wastes generated from industrial activities are categorized as Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Wastes. Non hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. The assignment w.r.t. SHW aspect was done by In-house Functional

30


Area Expert of EEIPL - Dr. Sangram Ghugare. The solid waste generated from the proposed unit of BAL is as follows –

Table 2.20 List of Solid Wastes

Sr. No. Type of waste Quantity & UOM Storage Disposal 1. Wood Pallets 6.0 M.T/Yr Silo-0.5 MT By Sale 2. Scrap Material 50 M.T /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 3. Carboys Plastic 2000 Nos. /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 4. Office Paper waste 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale 5. Woven Sack Bag (HDFE) 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale 6. Drums 3000 Nos. /Yr Yard By Sale


8. Plastic Waste 500 nos./Year Yard Sale

9. Coal Ash 95 MT/Day Silo-100 MT Sold to brick


2.8.6.1. Coal ash characteristics

Ash mainly composed of silica, alumina and smaller quantities of oxides of iron, magnesium, calcium and other elements. Ash also contains unbanned carbon residues that give it its dark colour. The carbon content as measured by loss on ignition test, LOI, is commonly found in imported coal to be in the range of 3% - 6%.

Table 2.21 Typical Characteristics of Coal Ash

Fly Ash (%) Bottom Ash (%) SiO2 40 - 60 40 - 65 Al2O3 20 - 35 20 - 30 Fe2O3 5 - 15 3 - 14 CaO 0.6 - 10 1 - 6 MgO 0.4 - 5 0.4 - 3 Na2O 0.1 - 2 0.2 - 1.3 K2O 0.5 - 3 0.7 - 1.6

2.8.7. Hazardous Wastes

Wastes that pose substantial dangers immediately or over a period of time to human, plant, or animal life are classified as Hazardous Wastes (HW). Details of HW have been shown in the following table.

Table 2.22 Hazardous Wastes

Sr. No.



1. 35.3 ETP Sludge

16 MT/M



CHWTSDSF


3. 33.1 Drums cleaning, Chemical containing residue from CHWTSDSF

31


Sr. No.



decontamination &disposal Waste Storage yard in the



on site.


CHWTSDSF/Incineration in

Factory/ Authorized

co-processor

5. 36.2 Filters &filter material which have organic liquids in them 0.9 MT/Y CHWTSDSF

6. 26.5 Spent Catalyst/resins 108 MT/Y

Sale to authorized party Or

CHWTSDF 7. 28.3 Spent Carbon 1.5 MT/Y CHWTSDF

2.8.7.1. Storage of the Hazardous Waste The hazardous waste generated from manufacturing operations would be stored in a leachate proof tank which shall be stored in a leachate proof yard to be provided on site. Following Figure 2.8 and Figure 2.9shows the section of storage tank and storage area

Figure 2.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Tank

32


Figure 2.3 Hazardous Waste Storage Area

2.8.8. Noise Pollution Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. The concern on noise depends upon noise level near the source, in the work environment and near residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence, it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near residential colonies. 2.8.8.1.Sources of Noise Pollution There would be no major noise generating sources in the proposed unit of BAL other than the boiler, reactors, compressors and D.G. Set. Noise pollution from boiler area and compressor area would be in the range of 70 dB to 80dB. Among these, prominent source of noise would be the boiler house. Insulation helps in limiting noise levels. The workers entering the plant would be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of 30 dB (A). The D.G. Sets (5 Nos.) of 2000 KVA each would also be considered as one of the major sources of noise generation. However, this is not continuous source. Only in case of power failure, D.G. Sets would be operated. Isolated and sound insulating structural arrangements would be provided to D.G. sets. Moreover, as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) (Amendment) Rules, 2010 it would be enclosed in a canopy. Also, a silencer would be provided to it as noise pollution control equipment. Noise level within the industry would be in limit presented in following table-

Table 2.23 Noise Levels within the Industry

No. Noise Area Within the Industry Noise level in dB (A) 1 Plant-1 72-83 2 Plant-2 72-80 3 Plant-3 73-85 4 Plant-4 70-82 5 Plant-5 70-80 6 Plant-6 75-82 7 Plant-7 75-85 8 Plant-8 72-83

33


No. Noise Area Within the Industry Noise level in dB (A) 9 Plant-9 72-80 10 Plant10 73-85 11 Plant-11 70-82 Sources- Noise level information given by the manufacturer

2.8.9. Land Pollution

Land pollution may occur through a number of actions such as use of untreated effluent for gardening /irrigation, fly ash deposition and/or disposal on land in haphazard manner, dumping of solid wastes in an uncontrolled manner and overall inefficient housekeeping and bad operation practices. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust shall considerably curb these types of emissions and consequent pollution problems.

2.8.10. Odour Pollution

There are different odour sources in a chemical plant, which include raw material & product storage places, process operations, loading/unloading sections etc. which could give rise to smell nuisance. To abate the odour problems, the industry shall take following steps and actions-

1. All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials to be fitted withmechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages through pumps.

2. The products and raw materials loading & unloading area shall be provided with fumesextraction system comprising of circulation pump with blower and scrubber. The bulkstorage tanks will be connected to scrubbers for taking care of fumes coming out fromvent. Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs).

3. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Provision and use of PPE likemasks by everybody associated with odour prone areas.

4. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system toremove and control odour from work zone areas.

2.9. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COST

The capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under proposed activities would be as follows

Table 2.24 Capital as well as O & M Cost

Sr. No.

Description Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs) Capital O & M/Year

1 Capital cost of ETP comprising of RO, MEE, Guard tank for standby storage of effluent, Solvent Recovery System and allied Infrastructure

2680 400

2 Cost towards APC equipment, ESP/MDC, Stacks, Scrubbers

1840 200

3 Cost towards Noise Level Management 80 -- 4 Green Belt Development 120 40 5 Environmental Monitoring & Management -- 60 6 Occupational Health & Safety 100 40

Total 4820 740

34


2.10. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN The total plot area of BAL is 3,59,998.06 M2 (36 Ha). An area of 1,35,963 M2 would be an actual area on which the industrial activities would be carried out. As per MoEFCC norms the proposed green belt development would be 1,18,799.34 M2 i.e. 33% of the total plot area. Thick plantation barrier have been provided on the periphery of the industrial plot. Augmentation of avenue tree plantation along all the internal and approach roads shall be done. 2.11. RAIN WATER HARVESTING Being a chemical based industry here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from direct precipitation on the total roof area will be taken in to account. Rainwater thus becoming available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per appropriate slopes at the roof level. Collected rain water would then be taken to ground and either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to be provided in the premises. Total amount of water that will receive in the form of rainfall over an area is called the rainwater endowment of that area. Out of this, the amount that can be effectively harvested is called the water harvesting potential. For the calculation of harvested rain water which shall become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation method from the ‘Hydrology and Water Resource Engineering’ has been adopted. There under, “A. N. Khosla’s Formula” has been followed. The allied calculations are as under- The average annual rainfall in the area = 545 mm. Now, as per “A. N. Khosla’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by using the following equation:

R = [P- (t / 2.12)]

Where, R = Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area. P = The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire catchment. (In current case it is 545 mm i.e. 54.5 cm) t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 30 0C)

∴ The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be,

R = [54.5 – (30/2.12)] = 40.35 say 41 Cm

∴ Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be, = 41 cm × Roof Top Area = 0.41 M ×19578 M2

= 8026.98M3

35

Chapter 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area’, which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry / plant at its centre. The existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. Study area in respect of proposed project by BAL, Unit-IV is located around the industrial site at Plot No. F-104, MIDC Chincholi, Tal: Mohol, Dist. Solapur. The project site co-ordinates are: Latitude- 17º46'12.50"N, Longitude- 75º47'36.62"E. 3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU & LC) The term Land Use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lille sand and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of Land Use Land Cover is important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential element for modelling and understanding the earth system. Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales for Environmental Impact Studies. The satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancement have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas, like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest inventories, monitoring of land Use and vegetation cover at various scales.

The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV satellite image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula who is an empanelled expert FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.

3.2.1 Scope of Work

Major objective of the assignment was to prepare LU & LC of the study area and simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the region. 3.2.2 Study Area

For present study, an area of 10 Km radius from BAL Plant (which comes about 314.15Sq.Km.) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. Also, there are many industries located in study area. Existing status of industrial areas in Solapur district are mentioned in following tables.

Table 3.1 Existing Status of Industrial Areas in Solapur District

Name of Area

Area (in Ha.)

No. of Plots Developed

No. of Plots Allotted

Prevailing Rate (Rs./Sq.M.)

No. of Vacant Plots

AkkalkotRoad 216.48 903 903 3,701 NIL Chincholi 1,022.60 720 510 2,822 210 Tembhurni 321.44 16 58 1,021 106 Mangalvedha 95.06 40 16 1,311 24 Kurduwadi 25.97 42 06 1,050 38

Total 1,681.55 18 1,493 -- 378

36


Figure 3.1 Google Image Showing 10 Km Radius Study Area Circle

37


Table 3.2 List of Major Industries in Chincholi MIDC

Sr. No.

Name of the Industry Address

1 Ambay IronPvt. Ltd. Chincholi MIDC Area, Tal.:Mohol 2 Arihant Tournesol Ltd. 74/1, Mardi–C R. Bhogaon, Tal.: North Solapur. 3 Ashok Polymers Ltd. P. No. A-6/2, MIDCAreaChincholi,Tal. Mohol 4 Avon Organics Ltd. Chincholi Village, Solapur 5 Balaji Amines Ltd. P.No. E- 7& E-8, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal.

Mohol 6 Bang Data Forms Pvt. Ltd. P.No. A-7/68, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 7 Bang Poly Packs Ltd. MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 8 Chandravardhan Organics Pvt. Ltd. P.No.B-9, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 9 Chetan Foundries Ltd. 31-34, I.E. MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 10 Cimmco Spinners P.No.B-1, M.I.D.C. Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 11 Clancey Precision Components

Pvt. Ltd. MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol

12 Niwas Spinning Mills Ltd. P.No.5&6,MIDCArea, Chincholi, Tal.:Mohol 13 Prabhavati Spinning Mills Ltd. P. No. A/1, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol

14 Sarojini Steel Ltd. P.No.11, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 15 Satguru Agro Industries Ltd. P. No. A-Z&A-3,MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal.

Mohol 16 Smruthi Organics Pvt. Ltd. 1)273/4, MIDC Area Akkalkot Road, Solapur.

2)A-27, MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 17 Somany Evergreen Knits Ltd. P. No. K-1,MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol. 18 Suresh Jatla MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol 19 Venkata Ranga Textile Pvt. Ltd. P.No.A-65,MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal. Mohol. 20 Volant Textile Mills Ltd. P.No. K-56,MIDC Area Chincholi, Tal-Mohol.

3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping

Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census reports, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass of the image is 08.01.2016. The image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are: • To determine the present land use pattern; • To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; • To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of

industries in the study area and its associated impacts 3.2.4 Methodology for LU & LC Study

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps. Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and Nearest Neighbourhood re-sampling technique. Subsequently, preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport

38


&settlement map was done from the satellite image by visual interpretation and ground truth verification. Thereafter, essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/literature. Also, Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared. Lastly, all the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc. are done, finally Land use areas are measured in square kilometers. The location of BALindustry is shown on satellite image in Figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in Figure 3.4.

Figure 3.2 Process Flow Chart

39


Figure 3.3 Satellite Image

40


Figure 3.4Visual Interpretation Key Used for the Study

Project Site

Industrial Area

Settlement

Roads

Railway line

Water Bodies

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Scrub

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes are included. 3.3.1 Topographical Features The topographical map (Figure 3.5) of industrial site of scale 1:75,000 were obtained from Survey of India.

41


Figure 3.5 Topographical Map

42


Figure 3.6 Land Use and Land Cover Map

43


3.3.2 Land Use of Study Area

Land use & land cover map (Figure 3.6) was developed by using supervised classification. LU & LC interpretation was done based on the image colour, texture and tone ground truth verification. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, fallow land, agriculture land etc. The supervised classification of the satellite image revealed following classes:

Table 3.3 Area Statistics for Land Use &Land Cover Classes

Sr. No. Classes Area in Ha. Percentage 1 Built Up Area 1250 3.98 2 Crop Land 15625 49.74 3 Fallow Land 8123 25.86 4 Barren Land 1510 4.81 5 River 180 0.57 6 Water Bodies 95 0.30 7 Grass land with open scrub 4632 14.74

Total 31415 100.00

Figure 3.7 Land Use & Land Cover Classification

Figure 3.7 above indicates that the first major land use is crop land, that cover about 49.74% area within 10km radius buffer. After crop land, most of the land use within the 10 Km radius buffer is fallow land which accounts for 25.86% of the total area. River and water bodies contribute to the tune of 0.57% and 0.30 % respectively. The Grass land with open scrub land is 14.74%. Barren Land is found to be 4.81. BAL industry site is located close to National Highway – 9 (Solapur to Hyderabad). The area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place. Because of existing industries, the area is well developed. The settlement map is presented at Figure 3.8.The contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:75,000. The contours levels range from 440 to 520 M in the 10 Km buffer zone. The contour map has been developed with the contour interval of 20 M. In order to know the height information, the contour liners are indicated with different colours. The source of the contour is from Survey of India, topographical map. The contour values are with reference to mean Sea level. The proposed site is located at height of around 477Meterfrom mean sea level. The contour map of the study area is given below at Figure 3.9

3.98%

49.74%25.86%

4.81%

0.57%

0.30% 14.74%

Land Use Classification Built Up Area

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Barren Land

River

Water Bodies

44


Figure3.8 Settlement Map

45


Figure 3.9 Contour Map

46


3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS 3.4.1 Introduction Agriculture being the major land use in study area, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. The assignment w.r.t Soil Conservation was done by Mr. Balkrishna Lole Sir who is Functional area Expert for SC. 3.4.2 Methodology 3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation For studying soil profile of the region, nine locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various land use conditions. The physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analyzedas per SSSA/Soil Analysis by M.L.Jackson/USEP.The soil samples were collected once during February 2018 to April2018. Soil samples were collected by ramming core-cutter in the soil up to a depth of 30 cm (by taking samples at different spots in the same area and then by mixing it homogeneously and considering it as one sample). 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information In addition to field surveys, other sources of information were National Bureau of Soil Survey (NBSS) and Land Use Planning (LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011. 3.4.3 Soil Types

The chief soil found in the study region is very shallow, well drained clayed soils on gently sloping lands with means and buttes with moderate erosion; associated with shallow well drained, clayey soils with moderate erosion. Also the study area consist of deep, moderately well drained, fine, calcareous soils on very gently sloping valley with moderate erosion; associated with deep, moderately well drained, fine, calcareous soil with moderate erosion Refer Figure 3.10 for soil Maps.

3.4.4 Soil Sampling Soil samples were collected on 16.02.2018 at selected locations in the study area to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the proposed plant site. This will establish the baseline characteristics and will facilitate identification of the incremental concentrations from the proposed plant at a later stage. The baseline characteristics analyzed include the impact on soil due to the existing industries in the study area. Thus, the sampling locations were decided based on criteria listed below • To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; • To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and • To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity point

of view.

47


Figure 3.10 Soil Map

48


Overall, nine soil sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.4. Refer Annexure -I for soil monitoring report.

Table 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations

Station Code

Name of the Sampling Point

Distance w.r.t. the Industrial Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. the Industrial Site

S1 Industrial -Site Balaji Amines Limited. -- --

S2 Chincholi 1.69 SW S3 Kondi 3.04 SE S4 Kegaon 6.73 SE S5 Karamba 11.89 SE S6 Akolekati 3.48 NE S7 Ranmasle 7.59 NW S8 Darfal 5.03 NW S9 Sawleshwar 5.82 SW

Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) (1ppm = 640 µmho/cm)

Up to 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agicultural Research

49


Table 3.6 Soil Characteristics

Sr. No.

Para-meter Unit Location Site Chincholi Kondi Kegaon Karamba Akolikati Ranmasle Darfal Sawleshwar

1. Colour -- Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black 2. pH -- 7.01 7.12 7.17 7.54 7.41 7.05 7.24 7.37 7.21 3. Soil Texture -- Silty Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay

Sand % 11 6 8 7 9 8 9 7 10 Slit % 39 30 26 25 27 28 29 32 30 Clay % 50 64 66 68 64 64 62 61 60

4. Electrical Conductivity mS/cm 0.18 0.18 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.22 0.17 0.21 0.24 5. Porosity % 56.23 70.29 72.39 74.02 70.91 71.28 68.75 67.99 74.92 6. Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.00 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.20 0.20 0.23 0.23 0.25 7. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.29 1.24 1.21 1.1 1.23 1.25 1.27 1.28 1.11 8. Water Holding Capacity % 56.41 70.72 73.05 74.58 71.19 72.11 69.8 68.57 75.81 9. Cation Exchange Capacity meq/ 100gm 17.92 34.24 36.68 38.33 33.54 34.16 32.44 30.81 29.28 10. Exchangeable Calcium meq/ 100gm 12.37 21.45 23.68 24.08 21.66 21.56 20.85 20.09 19.50 11. Exchangeable Magnesium meq/ 100gm 5.11 11.96 12.12 13.25 11.29 11.77 10.87 10.03 9.13 12. Exchangeable Potassium (K) meq/ 100gm 0.30 0.55 0.58 0.69 0.56 0.56 0.50 0.48 0.46 13. Exchangeable Sodium (Na) meq/ 100gm 0.14 0.28 0.30 0.31 0.027 0.27 0.22 0.21 0.19 14. Sodium Absorption Ratio 0.040 0.069 0.071 0.072 0.068 0.066 0.055 0.054 0.050 15. Nitrogen (N) mg/kg 194.43 328.53 346.56 360.69 372.54 381.59 463.65 375.09 359.11 16. Available Phosphorous (P) mg/kg 124.78 178.81 222.10 225.41 249.65 262.58 319.64 299.87 230.54 17. Potassium K mg/kg 115.89 163.80 183.30 191.10 202.80 183.30 171.60 198.90 195.00 18. Chloride (Cl) mg/kg 14.23 20.95 19.85 22.63 27.51 21.25 22.63 24.80 25.63 19. Sulphate (SO4) mg/kg 9.53 18.52 15.20 19.66 21.64 17.83 20.59 19.54 23.54 20. Organic Carbon % 0.62 0.74 0.63 0.81 0.75 0.81 0.86 0.74 0.89 21. Organic Matter % 1.066 1.27 1.08 1.39 1.29 1.39 1.48 1.27 1.53 22. Aluminum (Al) mg/kg 0.056 0.08 0.07 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.14 0.12 0.11 23. Iron (Fe) mg/kg 1.42 3.15 2.70 3.65 3.89 3.52 4.41 4.56 3.99 24. Manganese (Mn) mg/kg 1.70 1.95 1.10 1.19 1.62 1.05 2.19 0.98 1.59 25. Boron (B) mg/kg 0.35 0.85 1.00 0.96 1.09 0.65 0.91 1.11 1.15 26. Zinc ( Zn) mg/kg 1.14 1.46 2.65 2.01 1.98 1.40 1.55 2.89 2.87

50


Sr. No.

Para-meter Unit Location Site Chincholi Kondi Kegaon Karamba Akolikati Ranmasle Darfal Sawleshwar

27. Chromium (Cr) mg/kg NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 28. Lead (Pb) mg/kg NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 29. Nickel (Ni) mg/kg 0.10 0.45 0.14 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.55 0.61 0.33 30. Arsenic (As) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 31. Mercury (Hg) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 32. Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg 0.008 0.03 0.09 0.06 0.06 0.14 0.06 0.13 0.19 3.4.5 General Observations Soil is observed to be neutral in nature, mostly black clayey loams. This indicates presence of clay material. pH index shows neutral nature of the soil. Soils from this study area have high EC values. The sodium adsorption ratio (SAR) is in the range of 0.042 to 0.072.The cation exchange capacity is in between 18.44to 38.33meq/100 gm. As soils in the region are predominantly clayey loams, the irrigation efficiency is low. As NPK values are inadequate at most of the places, good crops cannot be grown without use of fertilizers. Overall, soil is of good quality.

51


3.5 DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY 3.5.1 Drainage

The topography of the region governs the drainage pattern of that area. Geomorphologically, the area exhibits rolling country. No prominent hills or other geomorphologic features are visible in the area. As far as the drainage pattern of the study region is concerned, it has Dendritic drainage pattern with one River, which flows in meanders from North-West to South direction along with its large & tiny tributaries (Figure 3.11). The assignment w.r.t. geology and hydro-geological studies was conducted by Dr. J. B. Pishte; the empanelled Functional Area Expert of EEIPL for HG & GEO. The drainage map of the study area was prepared using the latest satellite image and the topographical map. The district as a whole is monotonously covered by Deccan Trap basaltic lava flows, which, in turn, are covered by a thin mantle of soil almost everywhere. These flows, on account of differential weathering, give rise to undulating relief. There are no prominent hill ranges in the district and the region is characterized by typical Deccan Trap geomorphology. The area around the project site rests on southern slopes of the plateau. It has maximum elevation of about 477 m above mean sea level along the northern periphery and lowest elevation of less than 440 m above mean sea level is seen on south and west peripheral regions. The project site is located at around 477 M elevation on a gentle high-ground that slopes southwest wards from the plateau. It has a relief of about 50 M over the surrounding low land. 3.5.2 Geomorphology The different geological formations (Figure 3.11) of the district exhibits varied landforms. In general, the topography of the area is undulating and comprises of scanty vegetation all over the land.

52


Figure 3.11 Drainage Map

53


Figure 3.12 Geomorphologic Map

54


3.6 GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 3.6.1 Introduction The information presented covers geological and hydro-geological investigations in the study area. The scope of work includes geological and hydro-geological observations involving rock types, geological set up, geomorphology, drainage system and investigations involving groundwater level measurements in dug wells, analyses for quality of ground water, estimation of rainwater harvesting potential and possible means and methods for it etc. and preparation of respective maps for presenting in the report. 3.6.2 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats The Deccan Trap Group is divided into three Sub-groups viz. Kalasubai, Lonawala and Wai. The Wai Sub-group is the youngest among these. It is exposed in the south with progressively younger flows from Nasik to Belgaum. As shown in Table No. 3.7, the Wai Sub-group is divided into five Formations. The area under study forms a part of the Poladpur Formation which extends from shore line west to beyond Solapur and Osmanabad districts (It is the oldest Formation of Wai Sub-group).In addition to field surveys, other sources of information were offices of Geological Survey of India.

Table 3.7 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group

Deccan Basalt Group Sub Group Formation

Wai

Desur Panhala

Mahabaleshwar Ambenali Poladpur

Lonavala Kalasubai Pre-Deccan Kaladagi Group

55


Figure 3.13 Extension of Deccan Trap Province

Geologically the area falls roughly in the middle part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India. The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows of Deccan Traps. The Deccan Traps is the second most extensive geological formation in Peninsular India, next only to the Archaean igneous and metamorphic complex. It occupies large area covering parts of the states of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka. The lava flows of Deccan Traps are laterally continuous for considerable distances. It is possible to trace them laterally in exposures and sections on hill slopes and streams, and dug-wells on the basis of their physical properties. Two different types of lava flows have been recognized in Deccan Traps. They are the ‘Pahoehoe’ type and the ‘Aa’ or ‘Block’ type. Usually the flows which are made up of sub-flows or lobes, are called ‘compound’ flows. The other type, the ‘simple’ flows are without sub-flows or lobes. In Figure 3.13 shows an extent of dominantly simple and compound lava flows. The simple flows equate to classic flood basalts formed by quite effusive eruption of very large quantities of low viscosity lava from open fissures. The compound flows are either the product of explosive activity from more viscous lavas or can be formed at the distal portion of simple flows where there is an increased viscosity from cooling and degassing. Both types of basalt flows tend to weather variably even across small outcrops. The compound flow basalts result from lavas, which lose much of their volatile gases prior to extrusion and hence are more viscous. This greater viscosity causes the remaining volatile gases to be trapped within the rapidly solidifying lava. The lava is characterized by rubbly upper and lower surfaces.

56


Figure 3.14 Lithological Sections at Darfal

Figure 3.15 Lithological Sections at Akolekati

57


Figure 3.14 and Figure 3.15 reflect different types of lobes in a single Compound flow. In the area under study, pahoehoe type flow consisting mainly of vesicular / amygdaloidal basalt is found exposed in all outcrops and sections (as shown in Figure 3.14 and Figure 3.15) at the locations visited during fieldwork. These rocks are reddish or violet in color. Comparatively, these varieties of basalt are softer than the compact basalt. They are hard to break when fresh, but become fragile on exposure to atmosphere. The spacing of vesicles in some parts of the flow is close while that in other parts is wider. The vesicles are generally smaller than 1cm in diameter. Some of the vesicles are filled with secondary minerals belonging mostly to Zeolite Group. This form of cavity filling minerals is called ‘amygdaloidal’. These varieties of basalt do not show distinct joints but have irregular fractures. They can serve as good aquifer if weathered sufficiently. The compact basalt in study area occurs as small patches or lenses in the vesicular type. This rock is dark grey to black in color. It is dense, hard, tough, fine grained and show sparsely distributed vesicles at some places. Some of these vesicles are filled with secondary minerals (amygdales). The size of majority of the vesicles and amygdales is less than a centimeter. The jointed part of this rock is suitable for movement and storage of groundwater (Figure 3.16).

58


Figure 3.16 Geological Map

59


3.6.3 Hydrogeology Hydrogeology is the study of occurrence, movements and storage of water in the rocks below the earth surface. Such water is called ‘Groundwater’. The rocks which allow movement and storage of water are called ‘aquifers’. The weathered part of rocks immediately below the surface forms a good aquifer. It is called ‘unconfined’ aquifer and is generally tapped by dug wells. The upper surface of confined aquifer is known as ‘water table’ and it apparent as the standing water level in dug wells.

The aquifers occurring at some depth below the surface that are tapped by bore wells can be ‘confined’ or ‘semi-confined’ aquifers. As the groundwater moves through and stored in rocks, geology of the area plays very important role in understanding groundwater resources of an area. 3.6.3.1 Surface Water Many rivers flow in the district. Major rivers that flow through Solapur district are - (1) Bhima river flowing in South East direction, (2)Sina river flowing in South East direction, (3) Nira runs in East direction, and (4) Man flows in North East direction. The water quality monitoring is carried out by various agencies viz. Central Water Commission (CWC), Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Groundwater Surveys & Development Agency (GSDA, Hydrology Project, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) & Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD).Hydrology Project takes care of surface water quality through sampling points spread over the state throughout the year; CGWB monitors dug wells in the command area of major and medium irrigation projects. GSDA also monitors the dug wells as well as ground water levels of the state intermittently. 3.6.3.2 Ground Water The geologic zones important to groundwater must be identified as well as their structure in terms of water-holding and water-yielding capabilities. Hydrologic conditions furnish water to the underground zone; the subsurface data govern its distribution and movement. The unconfined aquifer in basaltic terrain around the project site is restricted to weathered zone adjacent to the earth surface underlain by fractured zone in the bedrock (Figure 3.17).

Table 3.8 Well Inventory Data in the Study Area of BAL

Village / Well location

Latitude (N)

Longitude (E)

R L of Ground

Level in m from MSL

Post-monsoon

DTW (mbgl)

R.L. of Post-monsoon

Water Level mmsl

Darfal 1 17°48'13.78" 75°47'19.26" 463 13.7 449.27 Darfal 2 17°48'26.12" 75°47'16.90" 464 15.1 448.86 Darfal 3 17°48'53.57" 75°47'19.84" 474 10.8 463.23 Darfal 4 17°47'59.07" 75°47'37.30" 473 13.7 459.3 Darfal 5 17°47'55.63" 75°47'41.63" 475 12.2 462.8

Akolekati 6 17°47'56.65" 75°48'41.96" 480 11.1 468.86 Akolekati 7 17°47'59.40" 75°48'54.91" 482 10.0 471.97

60


Village / Well location

Latitude (N)

Longitude (E)

R L of Ground

Level in m from MSL

Post-monsoon

DTW (mbgl)

R.L. of Post-monsoon

Water Level mmsl

Akolekati 8 17°47'25.70" 75°50'23.88" 489 10.8 478.23 Kondi 9 17°44'36.41" 75°49'46.86" 469 8.9 460.11 Kondi 10 17°44'40.86" 75°49'47.59" 471 8.1 462.88 Kondi 11 17°44'36.46" 75°50'13.14" 474 8.5 465.47 Pakani 12 17°43'32.06" 75°46'34.56" 445 12.5 432.53 Pakani 13 17°43'41.64" 75°46'29.24" 448 12.2 435.85 Pakani 14 17°43'47.84" 75°46'9.78" 447 11.8 435.24

Sawaleshwar 15 17°45'16.82" 75°45'37.32" 449 9.6 439.37 Sawaleshwar 16 17°45'26.13" 75°45'44.39" 447 10.4 436.56 Sawaleshwar 17 17°45'29.92" 75°45'42.71" 451 10.2 440.85 Sawaleshwar 18 17°45'32.91" 75°45'34.78" 452 9.2 442.76

Hydrogeology is an interdisciplinary subject; it can be difficult to account fully for the chemical, physical, biological and even legal interaction between soil, water, nature and society. The study of the interaction between groundwater movement and geology can be quite complex. Groundwater does not always flow in the subsurface down-hill following the surface topography; groundwater follows pressure gradients (flow from high pressure to low) often following fractures and conduits in circuitous paths.

Figure 3.17Ground Water Table Contour Map around BAL Site

61

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chemistry

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Engineering

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biology

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soil

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Biosphere

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urban_planning

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Surface_topography

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pressure_gradient


Figure 3.18 Geo-Hydrological Map

62


3.6.3.3 Ground Water Development & Management Strategy

Ground water has special significance for agricultural development in the state of Maharashtra. The ground water development in some parts of the state has reached a critical stage resulting in decline of ground water levels. Dug/Bore wells are more common and popular in the study area. Most of the wells are shallow type and water table is at about 5 M deep. The deep dug wells are up to a depth of 12 M. There is a need to adopt an integrated approach of ground water development coupled with ground water augmentation to provide sustainability to ground water resources 3.6.3.4 Ground Water Development

Maximum development of groundwater resources for beneficial use involves planning in terms of an entire groundwater basin. Recognizing that a basin is a large natural underground reservoir. Ground Water potential has been assessed as per data collected from the State Ground Water Department, Irrigation Department and Central Ground Water Board. In general, Granites and Dharwarschist’s that are known to be hard rocks, which have least porosity, mainly underlie the entire region. However, ground water allows to move and is found in pockets of the area in the zones of weathered, jointed and fractured rocks. The dug wells in the area generally tap water in the weathered zone and very few extend downwards in the tapping joints and fractured zones. Thickness of the weathered zone varies between the domestic wells and that of irrigation wells. Dug wells, generally located in valley areas and in the canal command areas, yield better ground water. Bore wells in the area are around approx. 300 Nos. and are normally up to a depth of 60-65 M. The yield of these wells as well as the pumping period varies from 4 to 6 hours/day. Most of the dug wells, dug-cum-bore and shallow bore wells up to 30 M tap the shallow aquifers. The bore wells deeper than 30 M tap the water from fractures occurring between 30 to 100 M depth which tap medium to deep aquifers. Data pertaining to lakes and ponds from irrigation department was not available and factors like seepage and ground water recharge due to these have not been considered at this stage. 3.7 METEOROLOGY 3.7.1 Introduction Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area. The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area. The climate of the study area and surrounding region is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

63


Winter season : December to February Pre-monsoon season : March to May Monsoon season : June to September Post monsoon season : October and November Temperature: In the months of February and May, it is the period of continuous increase in temperature. May is the hottest month of the year. The climate of the district is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness throughout the year except during the south-west monsoon period, i.e. June to September. The mean minimum and maximum temperatures observed are 14.8°C and 40°C respectively. Rainfall: The district gets rainfall from south west monsoon winds. The average annual rainfall over the district is about 500-600 mm. 3.7.2 Methodology The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD from the Solapur IMD station. 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation

Meteorological data has been generated at the site. The meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i.e. from February 2018- April 2018. Details of parameters monitored, equipments used and the frequency of monitoring are given in Table 3.9.

Table 3.9 Meteorological Parameters

Sr. No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1. Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every hour 2. Wind Direction Wind Vane Every hour 3. Temperature Min./Max. Thermometer Once in a day 4. Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day

3.7.2.2 Sources of Information Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from IMD station at Solapur. Wind speed & direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station, Solapur. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatologically tables for the Solapur IMD Station. Details are tabulated in Annexure-II.

64


3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project Site during Study Period

Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. The predominant wind during the study season is from North West (NW) direction. 3.8 AIR QUALITY 3.8.1 Introduction The ambient air quality with respect to the study zone of 10 Km radius around proposed site forms the baseline information. The study area represents mostly rural environment. The various sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular traffic, industrial activities and domestic firewood burning. The impact of these emissions is reflected in the results of ambient air quality. The major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, NH3 and to small extent CO. However, this again varies with type of the source. This section describes the selection of sampling locations, parameters, frequency of sampling, and methodology of sampling and analytical techniques for analysis of collected samples. Presentation of results for the period February 2018- April 2018 survey is done followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited and MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001 – 2008 and OHSAS18001: 2007 from DNV. Study w.r.t. air quality was done by Mr. Yuvraj Damugade who is FAEs of EEIPL for AQ.

3.8.2 Methodology 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10, PM2.5, NH3 and VOC. Ambient AAQM stations were set up at Eight locations with due consideration to the above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done here over a period of one season.

Table 3.10 AAQM Locations Details

Station Code Name of the Station Distance from Site (Km) Direction w.r.t. Site A1 Industrial Site -- -- A2 Darfal 3.11 N A3 Pakni 5.63 SW A4 Kondi 5.50 SE A5 Karamba 8.06 E A6 Sawaleshwar 4.10 SW

65


Station Code Name of the Station Distance from Site (Km) Direction w.r.t. Site A7 Gulvanchi Gaon 8.16 SE A8 Chincholikati 1.95 SE

Refer Ambient Air Quality monitoring data for a period of one season enclosed at Annexure –III.

3.8.2.2 Frequency & Parameters for Sampling The frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week, 24 hourly for all seven ambient air quality stations. The baseline data w.r.t. air environment, for all the seven monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table.

Table 3.11 AAQ Parameters and Monitoring Frequency

No. Parameters Frequency of monitoring Monitoring Period 1. PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week

February 2018 to

April 2018 (3 Months)

2. PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week 3. SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week 4. NOx 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week 5. NH3 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week 6. VOC Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week 7. CO 8 Hourly, three samples/day 8. Lead Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week 9. Ozone 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week 10. Benzene 8 Hourly, three samples/day 11. Benzopyrene 8 Hourly, three samples/day 12. Arsenic 8 Hourly, three samples/day 13. Nickel 8 Hourly, three samples/day

Duration of Sampling The duration of sampling for PM10, PM2.5and VOC was once 24 hourly, for SO2, NOx,NH3, CO, Lead, Ozone, Benzene, Benzopyrene, Arsenic and Nickel was 8 hourly continuous three samples per day. Method of Analysis The air samples were analyzed as per IS: 5182 “Method for Measurement of Air Pollution”.

1. PM10 and PM2.5: Gravimetric Method (IS: 5182, Part IV) 2. SO2:Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS: 5182, Part II) (Sodium

Tetrachloromercurate) 3. NOx: Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: 5182, Part VI) 4. CO:NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X). 5. NH3: APHA Method No. 401 6. VOC: APHA Method No. 109 7. Lead: IS 5182 (Part 22):2006 8. Ozone: APHA-Method No. 417 9. Benzene: IS 5182 (Part11):2006

66


10. Benzopyrene: IS 5182 (Part12):2006 11. Arsenic: APHA Method No. 302 12. Nickel : NAAQS Manual

3.8.3 Presentation of Results

The summary of results for analysis of AAQ is presented in Table 3.12, which is based on observations recorded during one monitoring season (February 2018- April 2018). Therein, various statistical parameters like Arithmetic Mean (AM), 98 Percentile, Maximum and Minimum values have been presented subsequent to computation from the data collected. Moreover, the permissible AAQ limits are presented in Table 3.12

Table 3.12 Summary of AAQ Levels for Monitoring Season

[February 2018- April 2018]

Parameters Location

Industrial Site

Darfal Pakni Kondi Karamba Sawaleshwar Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

PM10

µg/M3

Max. 62.60 57.30 71.5 75.40 65.90 56.30 71.60 66.80 Min. 51.80 39.30 61.3 67.50 51.30 46.70 59.40 52.30 Avg. 58.18 46.20 66.73 71.65 58.10 51.05 66.35 58.76 98% 60.28 48.38 67.98 73.15 60.23 52.86 67.58 61.13

PM2.5

µg/M3

Max. 17.60 12.80 21.7 23.50 19.20 14.60 21.10 19.10 Min. 14.60 9.50 16.6 19.80 12.40 11.30 17.30 13.10 Avg. 16.48 11.20 18.48 21.57 16.01 13.05 18.78 16.52 98% 17.27 12.22 19.59 22.78 17.02 14.41 19.98 17.50

SO2

µg/M3

Max. 31.80 17.20 23.1 26.40 32.70 22.10 28.90 35.70 Min. 21.70 8.30 12.4 16.50 14.60 12.30 14.30 15.70 Avg. 26.09 13.30 18.93 21.19 24.25 17.27 21.15 25.61 98% 29.54 16.48 22.14 25.10 28.12 20.55 24.51 29.27

NOx µg/M3

Max. 41.50 23.40 29.7 33.40 38.90 28.70 34.20 38.70 Min. 27.70 13.40 18.3 23.50 25.10 20.10 18.30 23.20 Avg. 34.55 17.83 24.51 28.26 32.15 24.55 25.20 32.44 98% 39.52 21.39 27.90 31.44 36.12 27.72 28.52 36.29

NH3

µg/M3

Max. 25.50 10.90 11.5 13.10 11.50 12.30 12.50 11.70 Min. 15.10 9.20 9.3 9.10 9.70 8.80 9.30 9.50 Avg. 20.37 10.06 10.26 11.00 10.35 10.35 10.51 10.35 98% 23.56 10.65 11.10 12.41 10.95 11.10 11.38 10.97

CO mg/M3

Max. 0.020 0.020 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.020 0.020 0.02 Min. 0.010 0.010 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.010 0.010 0.01 Avg. 0.015 0.015 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.013 0.015 0.02 98% 0.017 0.017 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.013 0.017 0.02

VOC µg/M3

Max. 98.10 40.50 41.20 37.10 40.20 78.90 41.50 40.20 Min. 82.40 30.70 31.50 30.90 35.90 61.30 32.30 35.80 Avg. 90.38 35.91 35.17 34.64 38.17 68.45 35.87 37.96 98% 95.40 37.78 38.05 36.15 39.50 73.64 38.74 39.22

Lead Pb

Max. 0.098 BDL 0.14 0.18 BDL 0.098 0.13 BDL Min. 0.010 BDL 0.07 0.06 BDL 0.044 0.06 BDL Avg. 0.077 BDL 0.09 0.09 BDL 0.072 0.09 BDL 98% 0.094 BDL 0.11 0.12 BDL 0.091 0.10 BDL

Ozone Max. 15.10 15.70 13.20 11.40 12.10 12.50 13.10 12.30

67


Parameters Location

Industrial Site

Darfal Pakni Kondi Karamba Sawaleshwar Gulvanchi Gaon

Chincholikati

Min. 9.80 10.80 7.54 8.10 8.90 9.30 7.80 8.60 Avg. 12.00 12.83 9.61 9.27 10.43 10.60 9.85 10.51 98% 13.29 14.36 11.15 9.99 11.46 11.60 11.29 11.59

Benzene

Max. 0.57 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.52 BDL BDL Min. 0.39 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.04 BDL BDL Avg. 0.48 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.37 BDL BDL 98% 0.53 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.44 BDL BDL

Benzo (a)

Pyrene


Arsenic


Nickel


Note: PM10, PM2.5, VOC, Lead (Pb)are computed based on 24 hourly values. SO2, NH3, NOx, CO, Ozone, Benzene, Benzo(a)pyrene, Arsenic, Nickel is computed based on 8 hourly

values.

3.8.4 Observations based on Period February 2018 to April 2018 The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.12 are given below. Particulate Matter (PM10) PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to windblown dust. The 98 percentile values at stations viz. Site, Darfal, Pakani ,Kondi, Karamba, Sawaleshwar, Guivanchi Gaon and Chincholikati are observed between48.38 to 73.15µg/m3 which is below the permissible value of 100 µg/m3designated for residential/Industrial zones. Average PM10 values range between 46.20to 71.65µg/m3. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions i.e. 60 µg/m3. The average values range between 11.20µg/m3 to 21.57µg/m3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 80µg/m3. Considering the meteorology of the site, average SO2 concentrations ranges between 13.30µg/m3 to 26.09µg/m3.

68


Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 µg/m3). The average values ranges between 17.83µg/m3to 34.55µg/m3.

Carbon Monoxide (CO) The average concentration of CO at selected monitoring sites was found to be between 0.01 Gulvanchi Gaon to 0.02 mg/m3 which is within the permissible limits. Ammonia (NH3) All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 400µg/m3. Considering the meteorology of the site, average NH3concentrations ranges between 10.06µg/m3to 20.37µg/m3. VOC The VOC concentration was found to be below detectable limits at all sites. Lead (Pb) Pb concentration at sites Karamba, Darfal, Chincholikati were found to be below detectable limits,while at other sites the average values ranged from BDL to 0.09 µg/m3. Ozone (O3) The average concentration of O3 at selected sampling sites was between 9.27 to 12.83µg/m3 which are within permissible limits. Benzene (C6H6) Benzene concentration at sites namely Darfal, Pakni, Kondi, karamba, Gulvanchigaon and Chincholikati was below detectable limits. At proposed industrial site and Sawaleshwar benzene 98% concentration was found 0.48 and 0.37µg/m3 respectively. Benzo(a) Pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As) and Nickel (Ni) The concentration of Benzo(a) Pyrene, Arsenic and Nickel was found to be below detectable limits at all sites.

Table 3.13 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by CPCB Notification (New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009)

Parameters Zone Station

Industrial & mixed use zone Residential & rural zone PM10 µg/m3 A.A. 60 60

24 Hr 100 100 PM2.5 µg/m3 A.A. 40 40

69


Parameters Zone Station Industrial & mixed use zone Residential & rural zone

24 Hr 60 60 SO2 µg/m3 A.A. 50 20

24 Hr 80 80 NOx µg/m3 A.A. 40 30

24 Hr 80 80 CO mg/m3 8 Hr 2 2

1 Hr 4 4 NH3µg/m3 A.A. 100 100

24 Hr

400 400

Lead Pb µg/m3 A.A. 0.50 0.50 24 Hr 1 1

Ozone µg/m3 8 Hr 100 100 1 Hr 180 180

Benzene µg/m3 Annual 5 5 Benzo(a) Pyrene ng/m3 Annual 1 1

Arsenic ng/m3 Annual 6 6 Nickel ng/m3 Annual 20 20 VOC µg/m3 NS NS NS

Note: A.A. represents “Annual Average, NS- Not Specified 3.9 WATER QUALITY 3.9.1 Introduction Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources, within the study area have been considered for assessing water quality and evaluating impact due to the proposed project activities. Understanding the water quality is important in the preparation of EIA and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. 3.9.2 Methodology 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1) toposheets and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical, bacteriological and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL &MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune. Four locations for surface water and four locations for ground water were selected which are listed below.

Table 3.14 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water

Station Code

Name of the Station Distance from Proposed Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. the Proposed Site

SW1 Virawade River Upstream 7.02 SW

70


Station Code



SW2 Pakani River Downstream 4.29 S Note: Only two locations were selected because, river like Sina was not perennial during project monitoring period of February 2018- March 2018 - April 2018

Table 3.15 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

Station Code



GW1 Darfal 3.11 N GW2 Sawaleshwar 4.10 SW GW3 Akolikati 5.49 NE GW4 Kondi 5.50 SE GW5 Pakni 5.63 SE

3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the industrial site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Moreover, samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological test. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water as well as groundwater samples, were compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:1991, Revised 2012; “Specifications for Drinking Water”.

71


3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from February 2018 to April 2018 Analysis results for surface water and Ground water are given at Annexure-IV and Annexure V resp.

Table 3.16 Surface Water

Sr. No. Parameter Unit

Location Virawade River Upstream (SW1)

Pakani River Downstream (SW2)

Limits IS 10500: 2012

1 Color -- Colorless Colorless Colorless 2 Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 pH -- 7.35 7.43 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity µS/cm 790.53 873.06 Not Specified 5 TDS mg/lit 529.67 584.96 < 500.00 6 Turbidity NTU 0.6 0.8 < 1.00 7 TSS mg/lit 40.21 67.98 Not Specified 8 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/lit 21.83 28.47 Not Specified

9 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)3 days a 27oC mg/lit 8.23 10.46 Not Specified

10 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit 4.82 5.08 Not Specified 11 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 3.45 5.16 45 Max 12 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 0.008 0.011 Not Specified 13 Phosphorous as PO4 mg/lit 0.05 0.07 Not Specified 14 Nitrogen as N mg/lit 8.25 10.40 Not Specified 15 Potassium as K mg/lit 7.01 8.03 Not Specified 16 Sodium as Na mg/lit 84.11 91.25 Not Specified 17 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 58.46 66.94 < 75.00 18 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 23.34 28.99 < 30.00 19 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 242.31 286.79 < 200.00 20 Carbonates as CO3

2- mg/lit Nil Nil Not Specified 21 Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 243.59 250.14 Not Specified 22 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 81.25 92.15 < 250.00

72


Sr. No. Parameter Unit

Location Virawade River Upstream (SW1)

Pakani River Downstream (SW2)

Limits IS 10500: 2012

23 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 23.45 36.87 < 200.00 24 Fluorides as F- mg/lit NIL NIL < 1.00 25 Boron as B mg/lit NIL NIL < 0.50 26 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.12 0.25 < 0.30 27 Copper as Cu mg/lit 0.003 0.008 < 0.05 28 Arsenic as As mg/lit NIL NIL < 0.01 29 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0.006 0.013 <5.00 30 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit NIL NIL <0.03 31 Chromium as Cr mg/lit NIL NIL <0.05 32 Lead as Pb mg/lit NIL NIL <0.01 33 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL <0.01 34 Total Coli form No./100ml 90 133 ABSENT 35 Fecal Coli form No./100ml Present Present Absent

Table 3.17 Ground Water

Sr. No. Parameter Unit Darfal

(GW1) Sawaleshwar

(GW2) Akolekati

(GW3) Kondi (GW4)

Pakni (GW5)

Limits IS 10500:2012

1. Color ------ Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless 2. Odor ------ Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless 3. pH ------ 7.28 7.34 7.48 7.52 7.58 6.5-8.5 4. Turbidity NTU 0.52 0.65 0.78 0.6 0.8 < 1.00 5. EC µS/cm 1437.24 1902.13 2355.93 1310.11 2496.29 Not Specified 6. TDS mg/lit 962.97 1274.46 1578.51 877.80 1672.56 <500.00 7. TSS mg/lit 55.41 64.21 80.12 62.47 83.14 Not Specified 8. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/lit 54.75 60.41 70.55 48.54 79.63 Not Specified

9. BOD 3 days at 270 C mg/lit 20.23 23.70 26.94 18.52 30.48 Not Specified 10. Calcium as Ca mg/lit 55.63 58.96 77.23 51.24 85.47 <75.00

73


Sr. No. Parameter Unit Darfal

(GW1) Sawaleshwar

(GW2) Akolekati

(GW3) Kondi (GW4)

Pakni (GW5)

Limits IS 10500:2012

11. Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 22.50 23.49 26.43 22.59 32.12 <30.00 12. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/lit 231.78 244.18 301.97 221.17 346.01 <200.00 13. Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 256.63 289.47 364.59 240.48 384.57 < 250.00 14. Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 105.23 142.15 175.88 140.25 186.98 < 200.00 15. Carbonates as CO3

2- mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Not Specified 16. Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 430.26 638.97 700.28 314.42 717.29 Not Specified 17. Boron as B mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.50 18. Fluorides as F mg/lit 0.18 0.21 0.75 0.066 0.089 < 1.00 19. Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Not Specified 20. Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 18.28 20.18 24.72 15.19 29.45 < 45.00 21. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit 7.23 10.24 11.01 6.01 11.54 Not Specified 22. Total Nitrogen mg/lit 26.04 32.47 36.80 22.68 42.05 Not Specified 23. Phosphates as PO4 mg/lit 0.042 0.089 0.10 0.092 0.15 Not Specified 24. Potassium as K mg/lit 4.32 8.12 10.57 9.18 15.63 Not Specified 25. Sodium as Na mg/lit 60.21 79.36 182.54 75.41 205.23 Not Specified 26. Total Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 27. Zink as Zn mg/lit 2.11 2.84 3.98 2.49 3.55 < 5.00 28. Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.35 0.38 0.41 0.35 0.45 < 0.30 29. Copper as Cu mg/lit BDL BDL 0.02 0.03 0.04 < 0.05 30. Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.02 31. Arsenic as As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 32. Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 33. Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.003 34. Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.001 35. Total Coli form No./100ml 28 40 76 64 84 0/100ml 36. Fecal Coli form No./100ml 10 24 56 48 58 0/100ml

74


3.9.4.1 General Observations Ground water and surface water sources covered within 10 Km radial distance from Site were examined for physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water. The analysis was done as per the procedure laid down in the standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater (APHA). The salient observations are as indicated below- Surface Water All parameters are recorded at two places only Wirvade River and pakni River, because river like Sina was not Perennial during project monitoring period, which is in Summer season,(February to April 2018). The range described underneath encompasses all the sampling locations. Surface water at sampling sites was found to be slightly alkaline with pH values between7.35to7.43. Conductivity values for water ranged between 790.53mS/cm to 873.06mS/cm. Turbidity in water was found to be between 0.6 NTU to0.8 NTU which is in Limit. Total dissolved solids were observed to be between 529.62–584.96 mg/lit which are exceed than permissible limit of 500 mg/lit. Suspended solids were found to be between 40.21 mg/lit to 67.98 mg/lit. Ammoniacal Nitrogen in water at selected sites recorded values between 4.82 mg/lit to 5.08 mg/lit. Nitrite in water at selected sites recorded with values 0.008 mg/lit and 0.011 mg/lit. Nitrates in water at all sites in range between 0.03 mg/lit to 9.25 mg/lit. Total Phosphorus in water at all sites in range between 0.05 mg/lit to 0.07 mg/lit. The COD values ranged from 21.83 to 28.47 mg/l while that of BOD from 8.23 mg/lit to 10.46 mg/lit. However, the permissible limits for Na and Carbonates have not been specified. Bicarbonates in water ranged between 243.59 mg/lit to 250.14 mg/lit. Chlorides values showed range between 81.25 mg/lit to 92.15 mg/lit. Sulphates in water was found to be between 23.45 mg/lit to 36.87 mg/lit. Nine heavy metals were analysed of which Iron, Copper and Zinc were recorded at only two sites namely Pakni and Wirwade. However, these values are within the permissible limits. Total Coliforms are observed at all sites which are faecally polluted. Hence, water at all sites is not potable. Open defecation is one of the major reasons for faecal pollution of water. Ground Water The ranges described here cover all the sampling locations in the study area. At all sites groundwater was colourless with agreeable odour. Groundwater at the site is found to be slightly alkaline with pH values in the range of 7.28 to 7.58. No limits are specified for parameters namely conductivity, COD and BOD. These parameters ranged between 1310.11 mS/cm to 2496.29 mS/cm for conductivity, 48.54 mg/lit to 79.63 mg/lit for COD and 18.52 mg/lit to 30.48 mg/lit for BOD respectively. Total dissolved solids, exceptionally, showed higher values above the permissible limits of 500 mg/l exit. Chlorides were found to be within limits ranging from 240.48 mg/lit at Kondi. sulphates were found to be within limits at all other sites. Phosphates were recorded at all sites in within limits. No Boron and Nitrates in GW was reported in selected water samples. No limits have been specified for Sodium; however, selected sites limits of 60.12 mg/lit to 205.53mg/lit. Potassium concentration varied from 8.12 mg/lit to 15.63 mg/lit.No Carbonates in GW was reported in selected water samples. Calcium were found exceed than limit i.e. 75 mg/lit at Akolikati and Pakni i.e. 77.23 mg/lit and 85.47 mg/lit resp. And other are within in limits. Magnesium at Pakni is 32.12 which exceed than limit i.e. 30 mg/lit and remaining are within limits. At all sites Hardness were found to be exceeding limits of 200 mg/lit. Fluorides were found to be within the

75


permissible limits. Out of nine heavy metals Iron, Copper, and Zinc were recorded at selected sites. Concentration of these heavy metals, except Iron, was found to be below the permissible limits. Bacteriological analysis revealed presence of faecal Coliform in water at all sites. Thus, the above study reveals that groundwater at selected sites in the study area is not potable with respect to dissolved solids, hardness, Calcium and Magnesium as well as Lead Concentration. Higher dissolved solids and hardness is attributed to presence of high concentration of Calcium, Magnesium and bicarbonates which are contributed due to action of CO2 on insoluble carbonates (Sawyer et al., 2003).Occurrence of Lead at sites Chincholi MIDC and Sawaleshwar may be due to lead contamination in water due to PVC pipes (Multani, 2010). 3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY 3.10.1 Introduction Under the proposed project, so there would not be much construction activity on the site. Although, level of construction activities shall not be very high, still some specific sources of noise like welding, transportation, movement of earth movers, tractors, concrete or asphalt mixing etc. should be carried out in a controlled manner. Neither the plant nor the construction workers should be exposed to excessive noise levels. The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on: • Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.

• The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

• The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

The Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced Hearing Loss to Annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance and general community responses. The study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the plant site has been covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. Residential, Commercial, Industrial and Silent Zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each

76


location. The main objective of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess the impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements. Main objectives of the studies conducted are: Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population. The assignment w.r.t. Noise level survey was done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula, FAE of EEIPL for NV. 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below. 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8 locations in the study area (Table 3.18). Noise levels were recorded at every clock hour for a continuous 24-hour period.

Table 3.18 Noise Sampling Locations

Station Code Name of the Station Distance from the

Site (Km) Direction w.r.t. the

Site N1 Industrial Site -- -- N2 Darfal 3.11 N N3 Sawaleshwar 4.10 SW N4 Chincholikati 1.95 SE N5 Akolokati 5.49 NE N6 Pakni 5.63 SW N7 Near Sina River 5.60 S N8 Karamba 8.06 E

Parameters Measured During Monitoring A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time

77


L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Ldayis equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10PM to 6AM). Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq): The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation: (L10-L90)2 Leq=L50+ ------------- 60 Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is allDay-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation. Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]} Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night time (10 PM to 6 AM). 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring

A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited and MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001 – 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 from DNV. 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels Ambient Noise Levels Standards MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table:

Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area code Category Limits in dB(a) Leq Day Time Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Ref: The Noise (Pollution and Control) Rules, 2000

78


Standards for Occupational Noise (U.S.A): Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These limits are given in Table 3.20.

Table 3.20 Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/Day Limit in dB(A) 8 090 4 093 2 096 1 099

1/2 102 1/4 105 1/8 108 1/16 111 1/32 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB (A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A). OSHA Standards: The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the following Table 3.21

Table 3.21 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per Day (in hours) Sound Level in dB(A) 8 085 6 087 4 090 3 092 2 095

1.5 097 1 100

0.5 105 0.25 110

3.10.3 Presentation of Results The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.22. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values are compared with the CPCB limits. Refer Annexure- VI for Noise monitoring report.

79


Table 3.22 Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No.

Location Average Noise Level in dB(A) L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn

1. N1 64.37 65.05 66.85 68.80 61.54 70.04 2. N2 43.87 45.8 48.25 50.80 41.45 51.05 3. N3 38.64 41.35 47.57 50.10 35.55 48.89 4. N4 38.57 43.45 47.14 52.37 37.15 51.05 5. N5 36.38 43.1 47.54 52.35 38.49 51.27 6. N6 36.31 39.4 44.39 46.99 34.03 46.10 7. N7 34.31 39.95 42.85 48.60 33.92 47.37 8. N8 35.94 40.45 42.85 45.21 37.31 46.12

Observations- From Table 3.23 it is observed that all the noise levels for all the locations including industrial site were well within the CPCB ambient standard. Also, it is seen that among the 7 residential locations i.e. (N2to N8) maximum and minimum noise levels were observed at Chincholikati and Near Sina River respectively. 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE 3.11.1 Introduction Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed industry will have its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes. The data collection, for evaluation of impact of the proposed project on socio-economic aspects in the study area, has been done through primary household survey and through the analysis of secondary data available on study area. Survey of selected sixteen villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The villages within a close proximity of the project were given more weightage as hypothetically these villages are more affected positively or negatively. The survey was conducted to understand the present socio-economic status of the villagers residing in the area around the industries as well as to know the perception of the locals about the industries located in the MIDC. The following data was collected in month of May, 2018, by Dr. A.J. Samant in-house FAE and Technical Director of EEIPL for SE and Mr. Neeraj D. Pawar in -house FAE. 3.11.2 Methodology

The survey of 16 villages, selected out of 27 villages within the 10 Km radius of BAL, was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 39 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered in the month of May, 2018.Simple random disproportionate sampling technique was used. Simple random disproportionate sampling technique was used. A total of 80 local respondents were covered during the study (Table 3.23).

80


Table 3.23 Detail of Sample Size

Sr. No. Village Sample Size 1. Chincholikati 5 2. Darfal (Bibi) 5 3. Pakani 5 4. Akolekati 5 5. Sawaleshwar 5 6. Kondi 5 7. Khed 5 8. Mohitewadi 5 9. WirwadeKh. 5 10. Ranmasle 5 11. Gulwanchi 5 12. ArjunSond 5 13. Shivani 5 14. Pophali 5 15. Hiraj 5 16 Mundhewadi 5 Total 80

Photographs of SE survey conducted are enclosed at Fig. No.3.19

81


Figure 3.19 Photographs of Socio-Economic

82


3.11.3 Results and Discussion The villages in the study area are small and most of them are well connected by all weather roads. The male: female ratio among the respondents was 55:45 respectively. Even though the availability of female members is more the difference in the respondent’s ratio is visible as village female members are very often reluctant to be interviewed and express their opinion. Therefore educated local women employed as teachers (school, anganwadi), Gram Panchayat members and PHC-employees were intentionally selected in the target respondents due to their exposure and education.

Figure 3.20 Age Distribution within Sample size

• Deliberate efforts were made while selecting sample in order to give proper

representation to all age group. Within the sample size, about (36%) respondents were between the age-group 31 to 40 years, 23% between 41 to 50 years, 20 % between 51 to 60 years, 12 % between 21 to 30 years and remaining 09% above 60 years (Figure 3.21).

• Most of the respondents were literate and only 7% were illiterate. The literate’s level of education was up to primary (34%), secondary (50%) and higher secondary (9%) level education.

• Within the surveyed area, the respondents were reported to be involved in diverse livelihood activities such as agriculture, service, agriculture labour and business. Majority (96 %) of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupations out of these around 15% were dependent on daily wages in industries as well. Remaining 10% were involved in diverse services, like mason work, carpentry, and plumbing depending on the demand and some also had small businesses.

• As many as (50%) of the respondents from the study area had a total family annual income between Rs. 1,25,000 to 1,50,000. (41%) had income between Rs. 1, 00,000 to 1, 25,000 and (6%) had their income above Rs. 1, 50,000. Only 3% of the respondents had their annual income below Rs.1, 00,000. However people were reluctant while revealing their actual income, this was observed from their life style or else they do not calculate their income.

• Major crops grown in the area, according to 75% respondents are sugarcane, 16% mentioned Jowar and 9% mentioned Tur. Respondents also stated that practically all farmers take multiple crops as well.

31 to 4036%

41 to 5023 %

51 to 6020 %

21 to 30 12 %

Above 609 %

83


• Drinking water source in most villages (83%) was groundwater in the form of wells and bore wells. On the other hand 17% relied on surface water in the form of water tank, river and tap water. However, as village Chincholikati was close to MIDC, water supply was through tap, supplied from Ujani dam. Though a majority (65%) of the respondents revealed that there was no change in water quality in their area, remaining 35% perceived change in water quality. This was attributed to factors such as Industrial effluent (73%) and domestic waste water (17%) and domestic solid waste (11%). The response to change in the water quality due to industrial effluent was stronger from most locals (81%) of village Darfal. The negative effects due to this water pollution, as perceived by the locals, were increased health problems (51%), and decrease in agricultural production (49%) due to loss of crops and degradation of crop land.

• Majority of the respondents (93%) were unaware of the proposed project by respective industries. When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. As 55% were hopeful about increase in employment while 30 % felt that this will further degrade the environment, where as 26% thought that it will improve infrastructural facilities in the surrounding area, 19% perceived that no change in existing conditions, and remaining 12% expected growth in MIDC area.

• Only 20% respondents stated that library/ reading room facility is present in their area. Most (90%) of respondents mentioned that there was a cultural centre in the village which is being used by the locals. Over 80% stated that there was mandapam in front of the temples which was utilised for numerous purposes. According to 90% respondent there were PHC centres in their respective villages which were in proper working conditions. 75% respondents mentioned that doctors are also available in the centres.

• According to 45 % of respondents domestic toilet facility was available in their respective villages. It was observed that open defecation was common in most villages. Most (92%) respondents mentioned that self help groups were working in their areas for socio-economic upliftment of the locals. However no specific business was carried out by these self help groups except money collection for savings and releasing loans. Good transportation system is available in the area according to 95%. There is bus stand in their villages and 70% respondents said that there are vehicles on hire for local transportation. This was also observed during field visit to the study sites. According to all respondents there is sports ground facility in respective schools which is being used by students for various sports activities.

3.11.4 Observations Respondents from village Chincholikati and Darfal complained about water pollution from industrial effluent from MIDC affecting both ground and surface water as well as nearby agricultural lands. This may be due to inefficient effluent treatment facility by industries located in MIDC and close proximity of village Chincholikati to the MIDC. Most villages have been provided with primary and secondary schools, reading/library rooms, cultural halls and primary health centres by government. However, there was considerable open defecation in most villages. In some of the villages like WirwadeKh, Pakani, Akolekati and Chincholikati there were presence of public toilets. However, people rarely use them. This may be due to water scarcity or absence of cleanliness in toilets.

84


Expectation of Respondents from BAL Diverse expectations were expressed by the respondents such as domestic waste water and solid waste management, clean water supply. 3.11.5 Conclusion For livelihood, most respondents from all the study villages were mainly dependent on agriculture and only few for jobs in industries at Chincholi MIDC. Major crops grown in the area include sugarcane, jowar, wheat, vegetables, and onion. Health and sanitation conditions in all the villages are poor and open defecation is common practice. This apparently leads to illness in the society and increased expenditure of locals on health. The industries in Chincholi MIDC offer very limited employment opportunities to the locals from nearby villages in the study area. However, availability of cheap and hard working labour from outside state is preferred by the industries and this policy is apparently impacting job availability for locals. Due to the pollution generating industries from Chincholi MIDC, the nearby villages were increasingly affected and are now having concern about increase in polluting industries in their neighbourhood. Due to the reduction in the quality and quantity of their agricultural produce the villagers in the area also have to face economic problems. Suggestions: Company should organize periodic medical camps at villages and assist in creating school level proper sanitation facility which is present necessity of the area. The activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidised rate as well as new techniques training programme should be conducted for villages with local participation. Stress should also be given on education facilities to increase educational level of the locals. 3.12 ECOLOGY The in-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL for EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Dr. Rohan Lad and EB research scholar Mr. Anup Gargate were involved in the overall exercise of Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) aspects of the study area around Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit IV) project. 3.12.1 Introduction Chincholi MIDC was notified as industrial estate by Govt. of Maharashtra in the year 1988. The study area (10 Km radius) from project site near Chincholi village falls in Mohol tehsil of Solapur district. There are total of 25 villages in the study area out of which 5 villages fall in 5 km radius and 20 villages fall between 5 to 10 km radius. The climate of the region is generally dry in the major part of the year except during the monsoon, as the project area comes under rain shadow region, with an average annual rainfall around 584.3 Cold season lasts from December to middle of February, followed by hot summer season till May end. June to September is the proper south-west monsoon, while October and November is retreating monsoon season. Summer extending from mid February till end May is a period of increasing temperatures where the maximum reaches up to 45OC. December is the cooler month with minimum of 23 OC. The soils of the district are mainly grouped into black cotton soil, grey soil and reddish soil, while some parts are stony. The soil

85


structure is generally shallow and not retentive of moisture. Geomorphology and climatic conditions influence diverse habitats in the region. 3.12.2 Methodology Out of the total 25 villages within10 km radius, 9 villages were selected for the study purpose, i.e. 5 villages within 5 km radius and 4 villages between 5 and 10 km radius. (Table no. 3.24).

Table no. 3.24 Names of the study villages of the EB survey and their distance from project site

In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km Sr. No. Names of Study villages Sr. No. Names of Study villages 1 Chincholi 1 Nannaj 2 Kondi 2 Ranmasale 3 Akola 3 Savleshwar 4 Darfal Bibi 4 Kegaon 5 Pakani

Photographs Related to Ecological and Biodiversity survey is enclosed at Fig 3.21 & 3.22 For the EB study Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS LISS IV satellite imagery and LULC maps based on them are used. Similarly relevant data from District Census (2011), Solapur District Gazetteer and relevant literature were referred. In Ecology study ground truthing was done during field visits by confirming the LULC maps to learn major macro and micro habitats in the study area. In major terrestrial habitats grasslands, scrubs, agriculture areas and in wetland habitats streams, rivers and tanks were identified in the vicinity of the study villages. Biodiversity surveys were conducted in the field from morning till evening on 2 days (i.e. 18.05.2018, and 19.05.2018). In the field study random sampling method for flora and opportunistic sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed. In general visual observation and estimation method was used for qualitative study of the biota. Birds being good indicators of local environmental change, and flora, mainly major tree species were focused for their identification and species abundance. Binocular of make Nikon (12X50-5.2O) was used for bird observation by referring field guides by Salim Ali (1996) and Grimmet et al. (2005). Photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon camera (Canon lxus 160, 8X Zoom). The data thus generated was used to estimate biodiversity and status of different habitats. A structured close ended interview schedule in Marathi, comprising of 21 ecology-biodiversity related questions, was administered in 20 local respondents from 5 villages. The method was adopted in order to get perception mainly of the local elders about the past and present environmental status, and changes in local ecology and biodiversity. During field study direct and indirect environmental impacts of human activities on ecology and biodiversity are photo documented. Due to time constraint, the field study reflected only summer season data, limited to observations during day time and at selected study sites only. Review of available literature was done to understand ecology and biodiversity in the study area.

86


3.12.3 Ecology 3.12.3.1 Field Observations Predominantly, the terrain of the area in the 10 Km radius from project site is relatively flat surface. Most of the area is comprised of diverse terrestrial micro ecosystems dominated by patchy grasslands, scrub, fallow land and manmade ecosystems like cropland, horticulture and human habitations with small pockets of woodland. The LULC percentage, drawn from satellite imagery of the study area, reveals crop land 46.97%, fallow land 27.62%, grassland with open scrub 14.60%, barren land 5.90%, built up area 4.23% and water bodies and river area 0.68%. During summer major part of study area is dry and represents mixture of fallow land, open scrub, and natural grasslands with some agriculture habitats. The major aquatic habitats in the region are River Sina at 7 Km in southwest and Darfal lake at 4 Km in north. Aquatic habitats studied include marshy areas, streams and stretches of Sina River and the two water tanks. One is near village Darfal situated at a distance of 4 km on north of the project site and another is near MIDC area at 3 km south. Interestingly, due to previous year’s good rainfall, it was noted that the tanks were comparatively filled and supported good avian diversity. 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire survey As per the perception of majority of the elderly respondents in the multiple choice questionnaire, it is revealed that the natural vegetation cover in past was scrub and grasslands with patches of agriculture and woods. These earlier habitats are now reported reduced in size particularly scrub (90%) and grasslands (45%). Half respondents opined the same declining trend in scrubby woodlands. Most (75%) of the respondents believed that the area under agriculture is drastically decreased in the last two decades, this could be due to water scarcity. However, there is no significant change in the fallow land habitats. All the respondents reported qualitative degradation in grasslands while 35% of them also replied for deforestation in the area. This is partly responsible for decline in the habitat quality, particularly of grassland species like GIB. In wetland habitats i.e. Darfal Tank and Sina River are vital as the main source of water for livelihood and irrigation. While some others depend on minor diverse water sources in the area such as seasonal streams, irrigation canal, village tanks and ponds, wells, and tube wells. According to the respondents there is no significant change in Sina River, while nearly 30% of them reported degradation of water quality in the wetlands i.e. streams, tanks and ponds in the region. Almost 55% of the respondents reported pollution in both of the rivers and other wetlands. They also believe that the natural waterholes in the region are rapidly decreasing due to over drawl of water for irrigation and as a result of indiscriminate and illegal sand mining of the river beds. Various reasons are given by the respondents for the qualitative and quantitative degradation of ecology and habitat in the study area. Majority of the respondents (80%) believe that industrial pollution and domestic waste are the two major reasons for the degradation of environmental status of the natural habitats in the region. This is followed by grass burning (60%), industrialization (60%), trees cutting (50%) urbanization (35%) and agricultural expansion (35%). As per the respondents the existing land-use is increasingly dominated by industries, agriculture and urbanization having negative impacts on the natural environment in the area.

87


3.12.4. Biodiversity 3.12.4.1 Field Observations Birds being considered as good indicators of local habitat health and biodiversity, the RB study were mainly restricted to avifauna. A total of 106 birds belonging to 17 species, 8 orders, 13 families and 16 genera were recorded during the brief field survey. Out of these 11 species were common resident, 4 species were not common resident and 2 species were not common winter visitors. Considering relatively small area, short study period that too in summer season, and brief opportunistic observations this is indicator of reasonably good environmental quality. This situation is attributed to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitats in the area. Large part of the study area also serves as the grassland habitats known to be traditional winter migratory grounds for the Great Indian Bustard (Ardeotisnigriceps) and thus are protected as Nanaj GIB sanctuary by the government. Moreover, sightings of Woolly-Necked Stork (Ciconia episcopus) in the study area were encouraging.According to World Conservation Union (IUCN) (2017), status of this bird species is becoming Vulnerable globally. With regard to Feeding Guilds two bird species are dependent on multiple sources for feeding while remaining 15 are dependent on single source. Out of these 15 single source species 7 species were Piscivorous, 4 were Insectivorous, 2 Carnivorous and 2 species were Omnivorous. 3.12.4.2 Questionnaire survey

It was revealed fromthe questionnaire survey on biodiversity that agriculture habitats represent the major crop in the area such as sugarcane followed by jowar, groundnut, common vegetables, wheat, bajra and chilli. In horticulture major species cultivated are mango, coconut, pomegranate, guava and custard apple. The common local trees, as reported by the respondents are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Gulmohar, Drumstick, Babul, Neem, Jamun and Mango. Whereas Eucalyptus and Teak are planted by private as well as by the government in social forestry plantations. All these tree species were recorded during floral field study as well. Major wildlife in the area, according to respondents, in mammals is blackbuck, Indian Fox, Indian Hare, Wild boar, Indian Wolf, Common Mongoose, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Indian Fruit Bat and Three-striped Palm Squirrel. A large majority confirmedoccurrence of many common birds which include Indian Peafowl, Common Myna, House Sparrow, Common Crow, Black Kite, Rose-Ringed Parakeet, Spotted Owlet, Common Quail, Francolin, and some raptors. According to local seniors lately the numbers of raptors like eagles, buzzards and falcons have drastically gone down and species like great Indian bustard and white backed vultures which were once in good number in the region, have almost disappeared. However, the state forest departments are optimistic about recovery of migratory GIB population due to the conservation measures in the sanctuary.In reptiles, presence of Indian Rat Snake, Spectacled Cobra, Common Indian Krait, Russel’s Viper, Saw Scaled Viper, Garden lizard, Soft Shell Turtle and Indian Monitor Lizard were reported from the region. Being dry region, mainly there are seasonal water bodies and thus less availability of water throughout the year. The local fishermen reported presence of only two introduced commercial fish species namely Catla and Rohu in local wetlands. However no other fish

88


species was recorded during the field survey because of dried shallow wetlands in the summer. Most of the respondents (60%), especially the seniors, reported environmental degradation and drastic biodiversity decline in the area in the recent past. According to them this change is attributed to factors such as urbanizations (50%), tree cutting (50%), Industrialization (45%), hunting and poaching (45%), increased weed growth (40%) and agriculture expansion (5%). Refer Table No. 3.26for list of flora and fauna reported by the respondents from the study area. 3.12.5. Observations 3.12.5.1 Green belt As per the standard TOR norms 33% of the total plot area should be under green belt. Mainly large type trees @ 1500/ha should be planted in the green belt, all along the periphery of the presently total vacant industrial plot. This should be done mainly for environmental protection purpose and not for beautification purpose as generally perceived. As per the information provided by the proponent the total plot area is 36 ha, thus 33% i.e. 11.88 ha area should be developed as green belt with plantation of 17820 trees, according to green belt norms of MOEF&CC (CPCB, 2000). However, the proponent has proposed 11.88 ha area as green belt with proposed plantation of 9500 trees only, which is grossly inadequate as per the above guidelines. Thus this number of trees to be planted should be increased to meet the mandatory requirements. Further detail of the tree species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included in the plan. The green belt shall be around the project’s total plot periphery and the scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated as mentioned in the TOR. As per the CPCB, (2000) guidelines the industry should plant trees of recommended species for environmental protection and as mitigation measure from diverse pollutants, to safeguard the health of workers, neighboring population and biodiversity in general. No fruit bearing trees are desirable on industry premise to avoid possible harmful chemical contamination, bioaccumulation and bio magnification of hazardous chemicals in fruits and vegetables. 3.12.5.2. CER Activity The MoEF&CC has replaced earlier CSR activity by CER under new norms (Programme Objective Series :PAOBES/75/1999-2000).which should be followed as guidelines for this activity. Time bound activities in protection and conservation of the natural habitats in the vicinity, with joint participation of locals by industry need to be undertaken on priority. The three villages in the study area namely 1) Akola, 2) Sawleshwar and 3) Ran-Masale, being still comparatively good condition in ecology and biodiversity, are recommended for CER activity for conservation and preservation of existing ecology. Depending on local conditions activities, such as 1.plantation of local tree species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management 4. Water and soil conservation, and 5. Environment awareness campaign should be undertaken involving locals, particularly youth groups and women self-help groups. In addition to proactively controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the ecology, above initiatives would help improve health of the villagers, most of who are employed in the company, MIDC. This will also motivate the locals and industry employees alike to protect ecology and biodiversity in and around their own villages.

89


The proposed CER activities in Ecology and Biodiversity protection and conservation by the Balaji Amines industries need to be different than routinely undertaken ritual activities. These should be need based, time bound and result oriented for protection of local environment. The thrust of these CER activities should primarily be focused on eco-friendly, self-reliant and sustainable development of the villages around the project. This can be achieved by adopting alternatives green technologies in the villages such as block tree plantation at community level, rainwater harvesting, solar lighting, organic farming and others. This CER activity need to be innovative and should become a role model to other industries.

Table no. 3.25 List of Birds observed during field survey

Sr.No. Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding guild IUCN Status 1 Anseriformes Anatidae Anus poecilorhyncha Spot-Billed Duck NR P LC 2 Charadriiformes Charadriinae Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing CR I LC 3 Charadriiformes Recurvirostridae Himantopushimantopus Black Winged Stilt CR I LC 4 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardeacinerea Grey Heron NW P LC 5 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardeapurpuria Purple Heron NW P LC 6 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret CR P LC 7 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Casmerodiusalbus Great Egret NR C LC 8 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Ciconia episcopus Woolly-Necked Stork NR P VU 9 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Pseudibispapillosa Red Napped Ibis CR P LC 10 Coraciiformes Meropidae Meropsorientalis Green Bee-Eater CR I LC 11 Falconiformes Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra CR C LC 12 Gruiformes Rallidae Fulicaatra Common Coot NR O LC 13 Gruiformes Rallidae Porphyriopoliocephalus Purple Swamphen CR G/I LC 14 Passeriformes Leiothrichidae Turdoidesstriata Jungle Babbler CR F/I/N/G LC 15 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicoloidesfulicata Indian Robin CR I LC 16 Passeriformes Pycnonotidae Pycnonotuscafer Red Vented Bulbul CR O LC 17 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocoraxniger Little Cormorant CR P LC Feeding Guild: C-Carnivore; F-Frugivore; G-Granivore; I-Insectivore; N-Nectarivore; O-Omnivore; P-Piscivore Status: R-Resident; RM-Resident Migrant; M- Migrant IUCN Category: LC-Least Concern, NR-Near Threatened, V-Vulnerable

90


Table No. 3.26 List of fauna commonly reported by the respondents during survey

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status Mammals

1. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare LC 2. Sus Scrofacristatus Wild boar LC 3. Funambuluspalmarum Three striped palm squirrel LC 4. Macaca radiata Bonnet macaque LC 5. Presbytis entellus Common langur LC 6. Pteropusgiganteus Indian fruit bat LC 7. Herpestesedwardsi Common mongoose LC 8. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC 9. Canis lupus Indian wolf LC 10. Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck LC

Reptiles 1. Najanaja Spectacled cobra NL 2. Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake NL 3. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian krait NL 4. Daboia russelii Russel’s viper NL 5. Saw scaled viper NL 6. Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard LC 7. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard NL 8. Lissemyspunctata Indian flap-shell turtle LC 9. Hemidactylus frenatus Common house gecko NL

Amphibians 1. Hoplobatracustigerinus Indian Bull Frog LC

Fish 1. Catlacatla Catla LC 2. Labeorohita Rohu LC

Birds 1. Pavocristatus Indian peafowl LC 2. Acridotherestristis Common myna LC 3. Passer domesticus House sparrow LC 4. Corvusspendens House crow LC 5. Milvus migrans Black kite LC 6. Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet LC 7. Athene brama Spotted owlet LC 8. Coturnix coturnix Common quail LC 9. Francolinussps. Francolin LC

LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed

91


Figure 3.21 Bio Diversity in Study Area

Common Teal (Anas crecca) Migratory

bird water tank,Chincholi MIDC

Eurasian collared dove (Streptopelia decaocto)

from the study area

Grey Heron (Ardea cinerea) spotted in

water tank near village Kondi

Migratory Common Kestrel, village kondi

92


Figure 3.22 Aquatic and terrestrial Habitat in Study Area

Stretch of Sina River near Pakani village

Pond near Chincholi MIDC

Agriculture fields in the study area, Pakani

Natural grasslands, a dominant habitat in the study area,

Chincholi MIDC

93

Chapter 4

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

4.1 INTRODUCTION Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters, due to the establishment of project, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various environmental impacts due to proposed project of BAL (Unit-IV) in Chincholi MIDC of Solapur district. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate impact of developmental activities under proposed project on physical, ecological and socio – economic environments. The predictions are superimposed over base line status (pre- project). ‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary impacts are the ones which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. The proposed project may influence the environment of the study area in two phases as under: • Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary.

• Operation Phase: During Operation phase it may have long-term effects on the

environment.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. The activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect the environment of the area surrounding the site. The impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described below.

94


Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase of BAL, Solapur

Sr. No

Component / Aspect

Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Impact

Mitigation measures / Remarks

1 Topography Topographical changes

Establishment of Proposed Unit of BAL

• Land leveling; excavations, cutting and filling activity

• No any major topographical changes are envisaged in the acquired area since the proposed activity is to be carried on MIDC plot.

Minor (Negative Impact)

• The wastes generated from construction activities would be adequately disposed to scrap dealers, local labours, and recyclers for re-processing.

2 Air Dust (SPM)

Vehicular movement, drilling, excavation and land leveling

• Respiratory problems - coughing and difficult or painful breathing; irritation in eyes.

• High SO2 and NOX - lung disorders such as wheezing and shortness of breath.

• Obstruction in activities like photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration due to deposition of dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield.


• SO2 and NOX at single location will not increase as the vehicular movement and machines will be mobile.

• Control of dust emissions by sprinkling water on open spaces, kuccha roads, heaps of earthen filling material etc. until paved roads get constructed.

• Provision of PPEs (Goggles and Masks) to staff and workers

• Augmentation of the existing green belt shall be done immediately after commencement of proposed activity.

SO2 Vehicular movement NOX

3 Water Deterioration of Water quantity, quality and aesthetics of water body.

• Water requirement for construction and domestic activities.

• Surface runoff and seepage.

• Domestic effluent. • Spill from fuel, oil and

other chemicals. • Leachate from

temporary waste dumps on site.

• The Drainage map of land use study shows that he proposed site is located on the higher elevation and there are no water bodies near to project site. Only at the South-West side of the Proposed site, Sina River is flowing from North to South direction. The impact due to proposed side on this river would be negligible.


• The treated or untreated effluent from the ETP of proposed plant should NOT be let into the nearby streams or drains.

95


Sr. No

Component / Aspect



4 Noise Noise Nuisance and Disturbance

• Construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.

• Continuous and intermediate source

• During construction it is not a continuous source and hence do not pose a health risk or damage peoples' sense of hearing.

• Adversely affects the quality of life of occupants and nearby residents.

• Disturbance in nearby residents. • Constant exposure to high noise levels

can result in damage of ear drums and loss of hearing.

• Increased blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems.


• Provision of proper acoustic enclosure for noise generating and vibrating machinery.

• Protective equipment’s such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc. for workers will be provided.

• Onsite workers must not be exposed, for more than 8 hours, to high noise generating sources.

5 Soil and Land use

Soil Quality and Topography

• Spill from fuel, oil and other chemicals.

• Substratum excavated during construction of foundations.

• Improper storage of solid waste

• Improper disposal of solid waste.

• Affects the soil, micro as well as macro flora. Thereby, disturbing the nutritive composition of soil.

• Positive benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantation in the plant vicinity and other premises.

• Bad aesthetics due to littering. • The soil and ground water gets

polluted.


• Proper maintenance of vehicles as well as machinery used during construction to avoid oil, fuel leakages.

• Disposal of waste to authorized recyclers and resellers.

6 Biodiversity and Habitat

Terrestrial as well as aquatic Flora, Fauna and Avifauna.

• Dust emissions • Noise generation • Influx of onsite

workers • Flood lights, high

masts etc.

• No any major impacts envisaged but some minor impacts may be observed.

• Retarded growth and productivity of the plants.

• Avifauna (migratory and residential) nearby water body and in the surrounding areas may get frightened and restless.

• Nocturnal animals and birds may get affected due to flood lights, high


• Noise generating and vibrating machinery would be provided with proper acoustic enclosure

• Water sprinkling arrangement shall be provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities.

• Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding

96


Sr. No

Component / Aspect



masts etc. • The study shows that there is GIBWL

sanctuary is located around the project site. As per IUCN Red list, GIB is considered as ‘Critically Endangered’ species.

• Chincholi MIDC can cause impact on this bird sanctuary.

ecological area is duly conserved. • Care should be taken to reduce the

emissions and also discharge of effluent. Zero emission and zero discharge concepts should be adopted by unit.

7 Risk, Hazard and Occupational health & Safety

Accidental risk and Hazard

• Lifting of heavy tools and tackles, construction equipment

• Repetitive motion, awkward postures and vibrations

• High noise generating machinery

• Continuous exposure to dust

• Welding of metal parts • Cabling of electrical

work. • Unhygienic conditions

resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in the industrial area.

• Physical problems viz. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back pain, muscle soreness and nerve damage reduction in hearing efficiency of workers

• Shortness of breath following physical exertion, severe cough and chest pains

• Fatigue and loss of appetite • Eye irritation and eye sight problems • Electrical shock • Spread of various diseases


• Use of advanced technology and sophisticated machinery during construction

• Maximum Employment of young and adequately trained persons (above 18 years)

• Providing various PPEs like dust masks, safety glasses, helmets, gum boots, ear plugs and ear muffs etc. to the workers.

• Appropriate equipment and gadgets like safety belts and body harness for persons working at high levels.

• Proper earthing for electrical supply. • Separation of deep excavations and

marking of dangerous areas with barricading etc.

• 24 X 7 medical aid with trained doctors and ambulance facility.

• Training to the workers from viewpoints of safety, health and hygiene.

8 Socio-Economic

Social and Economic status

Establishment of Proposed unit of BAL.

• Primary and secondary employment generation

Major (Positive Impact)

There will be positive impact to the residents nearby industrial unit in the form of new job opportunities and increase in good employment generation potential.

97


4.3 OPERATION PHASE Operational phase activities may have impacts - minor or major, positive or negative on environmental attributes such as land and soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micrometeorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Descriptions of these various attributes and effects on same have been presented in following paragraphs.

4.3.1 Impacts due to Process & Products There could be number of aspects and reasons in a Organic Chemical manufacturing unit, which may result into exerting impacts on various environmental disciplines. Problems related with pollution and related impacts could arise due to – (1) manufacturing process itself (2) products (3) by products (4) intermediate products (4) catalysts used (5) process conditions & configurations (6) raw materials, and (7) the waste streams. Potential problems in above areas and possible approaches to minimize and/ or avoid adverse impacts through process and product modifications could be enumerated as follows

Table 4.2 Process & Products Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact Minimization

Sr. No

Areas Potential Problems Causing Impacts

Mitigation Measures to Minimize / Avoid the Impact

A By-product 1 Quantity &

Quality

a. Process inefficiencies result in the generation of undesired by-products. Inefficiencies will require larger volumes of raw materials and result in additional secondary products.

b. Inefficiencies can also increase fugitive emissions and wastes generated through material handling.

Increase product yield to reduce by-product generation and raw material requirements.

2 Uses & Outlets

By-products are not fully utilized, generating material or waste that must be managed.

Identify uses and develop a sales outlet. Collect information necessary to firm up a purchase commitment such as minimum quality criteria, maximum impurity levels that can be tolerated, and performance criteria.

B Catalysts 1 Composition a. The presence of heavy metals in

catalysts can result in contaminated process wastewater from catalyst handling and separation. These wastes may require special treatment and disposal procedures or facilities. Heavy metals can be inhibitory or toxic to biological wastewater treatment units.

b. Sludge from wastewater treatment

Catalysts comprised of noble metals, because of their cost, are generally recycled by both onsite and offsite re-claimers.

98


Sr. No



units may be classified as hazardous due to heavy metals content. Heavy metals generally exhibit low toxicity thresholds in aquatic environments and may bio accumulate.

2 Preparation and Handling

a. Emissions or effluents are generated with catalyst activation or regeneration.

b. Catalyst attrition and carryover into product requires de-ashing facilities, which are a likely source of wastewater and solid waste.

c. Catalyst is spent and needs to be replaced.

d. Short catalyst life

a. Obtain catalyst in the active form. b. Provide in-situ activation with

appropriate processing/activation facilities.

c. Develop a more robust catalyst or support.

d. In situ regeneration eliminates unloading/loading emissions and effluents versus offsite regeneration or disposal.

e. Study and identify catalyst de-activation mechanisms. Avoid conditions which promote thermal or chemical deactivation. By extending catalyst life, emissions and effluents associated with catalyst handling and regeneration can be reduced.

3 Effectiveness Catalyzed reaction has by-product formation, incomplete conversion and less-than perfect yield.

a. Reduce catalyst consumption with a more active form. A higher concentration of active ingredient or increased surface area can reduce catalyst loadings.

b. Use a more selective catalyst which will reduce the yield of undesired by-products.

c. Improve reactor mixing/contacting to increase catalyst effectiveness.

d. Develop a thorough understanding of reaction to allow optimization of reactor design. Include in the optimization, catalyst consumption and by-product yield.

C Intermediate Products 1 Quantity and

Quality a. Intermediate reaction products or

chemical species, including trace levels of toxic constituents, may contribute to process waste under both normal and upset conditions.

b. Intermediates may contain toxic Constituents or have characteristics that are harmful to the environment.

a. Modify reaction sequence to reduce amount or change composition of intermediates.

b. Modify reaction sequence to change intermediate properties.

c. Use equipment design and process control to reduce releases.

D Process Conditions / Configuration 1 Temperature a. High heat exchange tube

temperatures cause thermal cracking/decomposition of many

a. Select operating temperatures at or near ambient temperature whenever possible.

99


Sr. No



chemicals. These lower molecular weight by-products are a source of “light ends” and fugitive emissions. High localized temperature gives rise to polymerization of reactive monomers, resulting in “heavies” or “tars.” Such materials can foul heat exchange equipment or plug fixed-bed reactors, thereby requiring costly equipment cleaning and production outage.

b. Higher operating temperatures imply “heat input” usually via combustion which generates emissions.

c. Heat sources such as furnaces and boilers are a source of combustion emissions.

d. Vapour pressure increases with increasing temperature. Loading/ unloading, tankage and fugitive emissions generally increase with increasing vapour pressure.

e. Water solubility of most chemicals increases with increasing temperature

b. Use lower pressure steam to lower temperatures.

c. Use intermediate exchanger’s to avoid contact with furnace tubes and walls.

d. Use staged heating to minimise product degradation and unwanted side reactions.

e. Use superheat of high-pressure steam in place of furnace.

f. Monitor exchanger fouling to correlate process conditions which increase fouling, avoid conditions which rapidly foul exchangers.

g. Use online tube cleaning technologies to keep tube surfaces clean to increase heat transfer.

h. Use scraped wall exchangers in viscous service.

i. Use falling film re-boiler, pumped re-circulation re-boiler or high-flux tubes.

j. Explore heat integration opportunities (e.g., use waste heat to preheat materials and reduce the amount of combustion required.)

k. Use thermo-compressor to upgrade low-pressure steam to avoid the need for additional boilers and furnaces.

l. If possible, cool materials before sending to storage.

m. Use hot process streams to reheat feeds.

n. Add vent condensers to recover vapours in storage tanks or process.

o. Add closed dome loading with vapour recovery condensers.

p. Use lower temperature (vacuum processing).

2 Pressure a. Fugitive emissions from equipment.

b. Seal leakage potential due to pressure differential.

c. Gas solubility increases with higher pressures.

a. Equipment operating in vacuum service is not a source of fugitives; however, leaks into the process require control when system is degassed.

b. Minimise operating pressure. c. Determine whether gases can be

recovered, compressed, and reused or require controls.

3 Corrosive Environment

a. Material contamination occurs from corrosion products. Equipment failures result in spills, leaks and increased maintenance costs.

b. Increased waste generation due to

a. Improve metallurgy or provide coating or lining.

b. Neutralize corrosivity of materials contacting equipment.

c. Use corrosion inhibitors. d. Improve metallurgy or provide

100


Sr. No



addition of corrosion inhibitors or neutralization.

coating or lining or operate in a less corrosive environment.

4 Batch vs Continuous Operations

a. Vent gas lost during batch fill. b. Waste generated by cleaning

/purging of process equipment between production batches.

c. Process inefficiencies lower yield and increase emissions.

d. Continuous process fugitive emissions and waste increase over time due to equipment failure through a lack of maintenance.

a. Equalize reactor and storage tank vent lines.

b. Recover vapours through condenser, adsorber, etc.

c. Use materials with low viscosity. Minimise equipment roughness.

d. Optimize product manufacturing sequence to minimise washing operations and cross contamination of subsequent batches.

e. Sequence addition of reactants and reagents to optimize yields and lower emissions.

f. Design facility to readily allow maintenance so as to avoid unexpected equipment failure and resultant release.

5 Process Operation / Design

a. Numerous processing steps create wastes and opportunities for errors.

b. Non-reactant materials (solvents, absorbents, etc.) create wastes. Each chemical (including water) employed within the process introduces additional potential waste sources; the composition of generated wastes also tends to become more complex.

c. High conversion with low yield results in wastes.

d. Non-regenerative treatment systems result in increased waste versus regenerative systems.

a. Keep it simple. Make sure all operations are necessary. More operations and complexity only tend to increase potential emission and waste sources.

b. Evaluate unit operation or technologies (e.g., separation) that do not require the addition of solvents or other non-reactant chemicals.

c. Recycle operations generally improve overall use of raw materials and chemicals, thereby both increasing the yield of desired products while at the same time reducing the generation of wastes. A case-in-point is to operate at a lower conversion per reaction cycle by reducing catalyst consumption, temperature, or residence time. Many times, this can result in a higher selectivity to desired products. The net effect upon recycle of un-reacted reagents is an increase in product yield, while at the same time reducing the quantities of spent catalyst and less desirable by-products.

d. Regenerative fixed bed treating or desiccant operation (e.g. aluminium oxide, silica, activated carbon, molecular sieves, etc.) will generate less quantities of solid or liquid waste than non regenerative units (e.g., calcium chloride or activated clay). With regenerative units though,

101


Sr. No



emissions during bed activation and regeneration can be significant. Further, side reactions during activation/ regeneration can give rise to problematic pollutants.

E Product 1

Process Chemistry

Insufficient R & D into alternative reaction pathways may miss pollution opportunities such as waste reduction or eliminating a hazardous constituent.

R & D during process conception and laboratory studies should thoroughly investigate alternatives in process chemistry that affect pollution prevention.

2 Product Formulation

Product based on end-use performance may have undesirable environmental impacts or use raw materials or components that generate excessive or hazardous wastes.

Reformulate products by substituting different material or using a mixture of individual chemicals that meet end-use performance specifications.

F Raw Materials 1 Purity a. Impurities may produce unwanted

by-products and waste. Toxic impurities, even in trace amounts, can make a waste hazardous and therefore subject to strict and costly regulation.

b. Excessive impurities may require more processing and equipment to meet product specifications, increasing costs and potential for fugitive emissions, leaks, and spills.

c. Specifying purity greater than needed by the process increases costs and can result in more waste generation by the supplier.

d. Impurities in clean air can increase inert purges.

e. Impurities may poison catalyst prematurely resulting in increased wastes due to yield loss and more frequent catalyst replacement.

a. Use higher purity materials. b. Purify materials before use and reuse

if practical. c. Use inhibitors to prevent side

reactions. d. Achieve balance between feed purity,

processing steps, product quality and waste generation.

e. Specify purity no greater than what the process needs.

f. Use pure oxygen. g. Install guard beds to protect catalysts.

2 Vapour Pressure

a. Higher vapour pressures increase fugitive emissions in material handling and storage.

b. High vapour pressures with low odor threshold material scan cause nuisance odors.

a. Use material with lower vapour pressure.

b. Use materials with lower vapour pressure and higher odor threshold.

3 Water Solubility

a. Toxic or non-biodegradable materials that are water soluble may affect wastewater treatment operation, efficiency, and cost.

b. Higher solubility may increase potential for surface and

a. Use less toxic or more biodegradable materials.

b. Use less soluble materials. c. Use less soluble materials. d. Prevent direct contact with storm

water by dyking or covering areas.

102


Sr. No



groundwater contamination and may require more careful spill prevention, containment, and cleanup (SPCC) plans.

c. Higher solubility may increasepotential for storm watercontamination in open areas.

d. Process wastewater associatedwith water washing orhydrocarbon /water phaseseparation will be impacted bycontainment solubility in water.Appropriate wastewater treatmentwill be impacted.

e. Minimise water usage.f. Reuse wash water.g. Determine optimum process

conditions for phase separation.h. Evaluate alternative separation

technologies (coalescers, membranes,distillation, etc.)

4 Toxicity a. Community and worker safetyand health concerns result fromroutine and non-routineemissions. Emissions sourcesinclude vents, equipment leaks,waste water emissions,emergency pressure relief, etc.

b. Surges or higher than normalcontinuous levels of toxicmaterials can shock or misswastewater biological treatmentsystems resulting in possible finesand possible toxicity in thereceiving water.

a. Use less toxic materials.b. Reduce exposure through equipment

design and process control. Usesystems which are passive foremergency containment of toxicreleases.

c. Use less toxic material.d. Reduce spills, leaks, and upset

conditions through equipment andprocess control.

e. Consider effect of chemicals onbiological treatment; provide unitpre-treatment or diversion capacity toremove toxicity.

f. Install surge capacity for flow andconcentration equalization.

5 Regularity a. Hazardous or toxic materials arestringently regulated. They mayrequire enhanced control andmonitoring; increased complianceissues and paperwork for permitsand record keeping; strictercontrol for handling, shipping,and disposal; higher sampling andanalytical costs; and increasedhealth and safety costs.

a. Use materials which are less toxic orhazardous.

b. Use better equipment and processdesign to minimise or controlreleases; in some cases, meetingcertain regulatory criteria will exempta system from permitting or otherregulatory requirements.

6 Form of Supply

a. Small containers increaseshipping frequency whichincreases chances of materialreleases and waste residues fromshipping containers (includingwash waters).

b. Non returnable containers mayincrease waste.

a. Use bulk supply, ship by pipeline, oruse “jumbo” drums or sacks.

b. In some cases, product may beshipped out in the same containersthe material supply as shipped inwithout washing.

c. Use returnable shipping containers ordrums.

7 Handling and Supply

a. Physical state (solid, liquid,gaseous) may raise uniqueenvironmental, safety, and healthissues with unloading operations

a. Use equipment and controlsappropriate to the type of materials tocontrol releases.

b. Minimise inventory by utilizing just-

103


Sr. No



and transfer to process equipment. b. Large inventories can lead to

spills, inherent safety issues and material expiration.

in-time delivery.

G Waste Streams 1 Quantity and

Quality a. Characteristics and sources of

waste streams are unknown. b. Wastes are generated as part of

the process.

a. Document sources and quantities of waste streams prior to pollution prevention assessment.

b. Determine what changes in process conditions would lower waste generation of toxicity.

c. Determine if wastes can be recycled back into the process.

2 Composition Hazardous or toxic constituents are found in waste streams. Examples are: sulphides, heavy metals, halogenated hydrocarbons, and polynuclear aromatics.

Evaluate whether different process conditions, routes, or reagent chemicals (e.g., solvent catalysts) can be substituted or changed to reduce or eliminate hazardous or toxic compounds.

3 Properties Environmental fate and waste properties are not known or understood

Evaluate waste characteristics using the following type properties: corrosivity, ignitability, reactivity, BTU content (energy recovery), biodegradability, aquatic toxicity, and bio-accumulation potential of the waste and of its degradable products, and whether it is a solid, liquid, or gas.

4 Disposal Ability to treat and manage hazardous and toxic waste unknown or limited

Consider and evaluate all onsite and offsite recycle, reuse, treatment, and disposal options available. Determine availability of facilities to treat or manage wastes generated.

4.3.2 Impacts due to Manufacturing Equipment & Machinery

In addition to process of manufacturing and consequent products, byproducts, there could be number of impacts on various environmental aspects due to equipment and machinery installed in a plant. The same may be as described in following table.

Table 4.3 Equipment Modifications for Pollution Control and Impact Minimization

No Equipment Potential Environmental

Problems Causing Impacts

Approach to Minimize / Avoid Impacts Design Related Operation related

1 Compressors, blowers, fans

Shaft seal leaks, piston rod seal leaks, and vent streams

a. Seal-less designs (diaphragmatic, hemetic or magnetic)

b. Design for low emissions (internal balancing, double inlet, gland educators)

c. Shaft seal designs(carbon rings, double mechanical

Preventive maintenance program

104


No Equipment Potential Environmental Problems Causing

Impacts


seals, buffered seals) d. Double seal with barrier

fluid vented to control device

2 Concrete pads, floors, Sumps

Leaks to ground water a. Water stops b. Embedded metals plates c. Epoxy sealing d. Other impervious sealing

a. Reduce Unnecessary purges, transfers and sampling

b. Use drip pans where necessary

3 Controls Shutdowns and start–upsgenerate waste and releases

a. Improve on-line controls b. On-line instrumentation c. Automatic start-up and

shutdown d. On-line vibration analysis

Use “consensus” systems(e.g., shutdown trip requires 2 out of 3affirmative responses)

a. Continuous versus batch

b. Optimize on-line run time

c. Optimize shutdown interlocking frequency

d. Identify safety and environment critical instruments and equipment

4 Distillation a. Impurities remain in process streams

b. Impurities remain in process steam

c. Large amount of contaminated water condensate from stream stripping

a. Increase reflux ration b. Add section to column c. Column intervals d. Change feed tray e. Insulate to prevent heat loss f. Preheat column feed g. Increase vapour line size to

lower pressure drop h. Use re-boilers or inert gas

stripping agents

a. Change columno peration conditions

b. Reflux ratio c. Feed tray d. Temperature e. Pressure etc. f. Clean column to

reduce fouling g. Use higher

temperature steam 5 General

manufacturing equipment areas

a. Contaminate drain water

b. Contaminated sprinkler and fire water

c. Leaks and emissions during cleaning

a. Provide roof overprocess facilities

b. Segregate process sewer from storm sewer (dinking)

c. Hard-pipe process streams to process sewer

d. Seal floors e. Drain to sump f. Route to waste treatment g. Design for cleaning h. Design for minimum rinsing i. Design for minimum sludge j. Provide vapour enclosure k. Drain to process

a. Return samples to process

b. Monitor storm water discharge

c. Use drip pans for maintenance activities

d. Rinse to sump e. Reuse cleaning

solutions

6 Heat Exchangers

a. Increased waste due to high localized temperatures

b. Contaminated material due to tubes leaking at tube sheets

c. Furnace emissions

a. Use intermediate exchangers to avoid contact with furnace tubes and walls

b. Use staged heating to minimise product degradation and unwanted side reactions. (waste

a. Select operating temperatures at ornear ambient temperature whenever possible.

b. These are generally most desirable from a pollution prevention

105



Impacts


heat>>low pressure steam >>high pressure steam)

c. Use scraped wall exchangers in viscous service

d. Using falling film re-boiler, piped recirculation re-boiler or high-flux tubes

e. Use lowest pressure steam possible

f. Use welded tubes or double tube sheets with inert purge.

g. Mount vertically h. Use superheat of high-

pressure steam in place of a furnace

stand point c. Use lower pressure

steam to lower temperatures

d. Monitor exchange fouling to correlate process conditions which increase fouling, avoid conditions which rapidly foul exchangers

e. Use on-line tube cleaning techniques to keep surfaces clean

f. Monitor for leaks 7 Piping a. Leaks to ground

water; fugitive emissions

b. Releases when cleaning or purging lines

a. Design equipment layout so as to minimise pipe run length

b. Eliminate underground piping or design for cathodic protection if necessary to install underground

c. Welded fittings d. Reduce number of flanges

and valves e. All welded pipe f. Secondary containment g. Spiral-wound gaskets h. Use plugs and double valves

for open end lines i. Change metallurgy j. Use lined pipe k. Use “pigs” for cleaning l. Slope to low point drain m. Use heat tracing and

insulation to prevent freezing

n. Install equalizer lines

Monitor for corrosion and erosion to prevent external corrosion Flush to product storage tank

8 Pumps a. Fugitive emissions from shaft seal leaks

b. Fugitive emissions from shaft seal leaks

c. Residual “heal” of liquid during pump maintenance

d. Injection of seal flush fluid into process stream

a. Mechanical seal in lieu of packing

b. Double mechanical seal with inert barrier fluid

c. Double machined seal with barrier fluid vented to control device

d. Seal-less pump(canned motor magnetic drive)

e. Vertical pump f. Use pressure transfer to

eliminate pump

a. Seal installation practices

b. Monitor for leaks c. Flush casing to

process sewer for treatment

d. Increase the meantime between pump failures by:

- selecting proper seal material;

- good alignment;

106



Impacts


g. Low poing drain on pump casing

h. Use double mechanical seal with inert barrier fluid where practical

- reduce pipe induced stress

- Maintaining seal lubrication

9 Reactors a. Poor conversion or performance due to inadequate mixing

b. Waste by product formation

Static mixing a. Add baffles b. Change impellers c. Add horsepower d. Add distributor e. Provide separate reactor for

converting recycle streams to usable products

a. Add ingredients with optimum sequence

b. Allow proper headspace in reactor to enhance vortex effect

c. Optimize reaction conditions (temperature, pressure, etc.,)

10 Relief valve Leaks a. Fugitive emissions b. Discharge to

environment from overpressure

c. Frequent relief

a. Provide upstream rupture disc

b. Vent to control or recovery device

c. Pump discharges to suction of pump

d. Thermal relief to tanks e. Avoid discharge to roof

areas to prevent contamination of rainwater

f. Use pilot operated relief valve

g. Increase margin between design and operating pressure

a. Monitor for leaks and for control efficiency

b. Monitor for leaks c. Reduce operating

pressure d. Review system

performance

11 Sampling Waste generation due to sampling (disposal, containers, leaks, fugitives etc.)

In-line analyzers a. System for return to process b. Closed loop c. Drain to sump

a. Reduce number and size of sample required

b. Sample at the lowest possible temperature

c. Cool before sampling 12 Tanks Tank breathing and

working losses a. Leak to ground water

a. Cool materials before storage

b. Insulate tanks c. Vent to control device(flare,

condenser, etc.) d. Vapour balancing e. Floating roof f. Higher design pressure g. All above ground(situated

so bottom can routinely be checked for leaks)

h. Secondary containment i. Improve corrosion

resistance j. Design for 100% de-

a. Optimize storage conditions to reduce losses

b. Monitor for leaks and corrosion

c. Recycle to process if practical

107



Impacts


inventory 13 Vacuum

Systems Waste discharge from jets

a. Substitute mechanical vacuum pump

b. Evaluate using process fluid for powering jet

a. Monitor for air leaks b. Recycle condensate

to process

14 Valves Fugitive emissions from leaks

Bellow seals a. Reduce number where

practical b. Special packing sets

Stringent adherence to packing procedures

15 Vents Release to environment Route to control or recovery device

Monitor performance

4.3.3 Impact on Air Quality A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

Major sources of air pollution shall be boilers and DG set in the industry as well as vehicles used for transportation under the proposed activity.3 Nos. Boilers of total capacity 180 TPH (60 TPH each) would be installed. Total Coal 576 TPD (192 TPD each) would be used as fuel for the boiler. ESP would be provided as APC equipment with stack. In addition to this MDC would be provided as APC equipment for 30 Lakh Kcal /hr. TFH with stacks of 35 M. Moreover, Five D.G. Set each of 2000 KVA capacities would be installed. The stack emissions from these shall be particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX. In addition, the vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2, CO, NOX. Table 2.16 of Chapter 2 may be referred for details of boiler, TFH and D.G. Sets. 4.3.3.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling In order to study the movement of particulate matter release into atmosphere from the sources, Air Dispersion Model – AERMOD developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. The software helps in knowing details of particulate and gases dispersed in the downwind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. The ground level concentrations mainly depend upon the strength of the emission source and micrometeorology of the study area. The site specific meteorological data and AAQM data were collected for one season for period from February 2018–April 2018. The predominant wind direction and wind speeds are tabulated in following table.

Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions

Sr. No.

Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant wind Direction

Nearest Habitation Downwind

1 Winter 08:30 SW Sawaleshwar 17:30 ENE Hiraj

2 Post-monsoon 08:30 SSW Pakni 17:30 NNE Arjunsond

3 Monsoon 08:30 ES Lamboti 17:30 ES Mundhewadi

4 Pre-monsoon 08:30 SE Shirapur 17:30 SSE Pophali

108


From the AAQM data, the 24 hourly 98th percentile concentrations of averages of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO,NH3, HCL Pb, O3, BaP, As, Ni and VOC in ambient air, recorded during the field study conducted for season February, March, April 2018, are considered as baseline values. For identifying impacts due to operations of existing nearby industries on the region, the average concentrations of above mentioned parameters in the study area are considered to be the ‘Baseline Concentrations’ and further determination of impact, due to proposed activities in the BAL industry on the ambient air quality will be done. The existing baseline concentrations are summarized in the following table.

Table 4.5 Baseline Concentrations

Parameter Concentration; µg/M3 PM10 60.28 PM2.5 17.27 SO2 29.54 NOX 39.52 NH3 23.56 CO 0.017 Pb 0.094 O3 13.29

Benzene 0.53 BaP BDL As BDL NI BDL

VOC 95.40 HCl BDL

109


Figure 4.1Wind Rose for February-March-April 2018

110


Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be undertaken insert BAL unit-IV proposed project is presented are as follows.

A) Predictions for Emissions from Stacks (Scenario- during operation of APC )

Figure 4.2 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.6GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10values (μg/Nm3)

Sr. No.

Location Direction Distance (Km)

from the centre of

study area

98% Baseline

PM10Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 GLC

(µg/m3) Operation

of APC

Total PM10

Predictive GLC

Operation of APC (µg/m3)

% Incremental

Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 -- -- 1 Industrial Site -- -- 60.28 0.1 60.38 0.166 Incremental

conc. is lower than prescribed standard

100 µg/m3 Insignificant

2 Darfal N 3.11 48.38 0.6 48.98 1.240 3 Pakni SW 5.63 67.98 1 68.98 1.471 4 Kondi SE 5.5 73.15 1 74.15 1.367 5 Karamba E 8.06 60.23 0.8 61.03 1.328 6 Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 52.86 1 53.86 1.892 7 Gulvanchi

Gaon SE 8.16

67.58 1 68.58 1.480

8 Chincholikati SE 1.95 61.13 1 62.13 1.636 Average 61.44 62.26

111


Figure 4.3 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5values (μg/Nm3)

No Location Direct ion

Distance (Km) from the

centre of study

area

98% baseline

PM2.5 Conc.

(µg/m3)

Incremental PM2.5 Value

(µg/m3) Operation

of APC

Total PM2.5

Predictive GLC with

APC Operation

(µg/m3)

% Incremental

Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x 100 -- -- 1 Industrial Site -- -- 17.27 0.1 17.37 0.58

Incremental conc. is lower than prescribed standard 60 µg/m3

Insignificant

2 Darfal N 3.11 12.22 0.1 12.32 0.82 3 Pakni SW 5.63 19.59 0.3 19.89 1.53 4 Kondi SE 5.5 22.78 0.1 22.88 0.44 5 Karamba E 8.06 17.02 0.1 17.12 0.59 6 Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 14.41 0.3 14.71 2.08 7 Gulvanchi Gaon SE 8.16 19.98 0.1 20.08 0.50 8 Chincholikati SE 1.95 17.5 0.3 17.8 1.71 Average 17.59 17.77

From table 4.6 and 4.7, it could be seen that in light of operation of APC (ESP) to be provided for boiler and operated round the clock with 98% efficiency, maximum percentage of incremental (G) concentrations for PM10 is 1.89% andPM2.5 is 1.71% at site. Average of predictive concentrations (F) for PM10 would be 62.26 µg/m3 and for PM2.5 would be 17.77 µg/m3. Therefore, percentage of predictive concentrations for PM10 would be 62.26% and PM2.5 would be 17.77 % of NAAQS standards against base line concentration percentage 61.44 % for PM10 and 17.59 % for PM2.5 of NAAQS standards i.e. there would be raise in PM10 concentration by 0.82 % and PM2.5 concentration by 0.18% Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area in light of operation of boiler along with APC equipment.

112


B) Predictions for Emissions from Stacks (Scenario- during non-operation of APC )

Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10Values (μg/Nm3)

Sr. No.

Location Direction

Distance (Km)

from the centre of

study area

98% baseline PM10Co

nc. (µg/m3)

Incremental PM10 (µg/m3)

Non- Operation of

APC

Total PM10 Predictive

Non - Operation

of APC (µg/m3)

% Incremental

Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 60.28 10 70.28 16.59

Incremental conc. is lower

than prescribed standard 100

µg/m3

Insignificant

2. Darfal N 3.11 48.38 10 58.38 20.67 3. Pakni SW 5.63 67.98 10 77.98 14.71 4. Kondi SE 5.5 73.15 9 82.15 12.30 5. Karamba E 8.06 60.23 10 70.23 16.60 6. Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 52.86 10 62.86 18.92

7. Gulvanchi Gaon SE 8.16 67.58 10 77.58 14.80

8. Chincholikati SE 1.95 61.13 10 71.13 16.36 Average 61.44 71.32

113


Figure 4.5 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.9GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5values (μg/Nm3)

No. Location Direction

Distance (Km)

from the centre of

study area

98% baseline

PM2.5 Conc.

(µg/m3)

Incremental PM2.5 (µg/m3)

Non- Operation

of APC

Total PM2.5 Predictive

Non - Operation

of APC (µg/m3)

% Incremental

Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 17.27 7 18.27 5.79 Incremental

conc. is lower than prescribed

standard 60 µg/m3 Insignificant

2. Darfal N 3.11 12.22 2 14.22 16.37 3. Pakni SW 5.63 19.59 2 21.59 10.21 4. Kondi SE 5.5 22.78 2 24.78 8.78 5. Karamba E 8.06 17.02 2 19.02 11.75 6. Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 14.41 2 16.41 13.88 7. Gulvanchi

Gaon SE 8.16 19.98 2 21.98 10.01

Chincholikati SE 1.95 17.5 7 24.5 40.00 Average 17.59 20.09

From table 4.8 and 4.9, it could be seen that in light of non-operation of ESP round the clock with 98% efficiency, to be provided for controlling air emissions from fuel burning operations in proposed (60 x 3) TPH boilers, the maximum percentage of incremental concentrations for PM10 andPM2.5 is 20.67 % and40%. Though, the resultant concentrations for PM10 andPM2.5 are well within prescribed limits by NAAQS standards, there would be significant impact on existing air quality of study area since the baseline concentrations are already 61.44% for PM10 and 17.59% for PM2.5 of standards. Subsequent to establishment

114


of this project the average predictive incremental concentration would be 71.32 % for PM10 and 20.09% for PM2.5 of NAAQS standard.

C) Predictions for SO2 Emissions from Boiler Stacks

Figure 4.6 Isopleths of SO2 (8 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2 values (μg/Nm3)

No. Location Direction Distance (Km)

from the centre of

study area

98% baseline

SO2 Conc. (µg/m3)

Incremental SO2 GLC

Value Non-operation of APC (µg/m3)

Total SO2 Predictive GLC Non-

operation of Scrubber (µg/m3)

% Increase Remark Impact

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 -- -- 1. Industrial Site -- -- 29.54 3 32.54 10.16

Incremental conc. is

lower than prescribed standard 80 µg/m3

Insignificant

2. Darfal N 3.11 16.48 5 21.48 30.34 3. Pakni SW 5.63 22.14 8 30.14 36.13 4. Kondi SE 5.5 25.1 6 31.1 23.90 5. Karamba E 8.06 28.12 6 34.12 21.34 6. Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 20.55 8 28.55 38.93

7. Gulvanchi Gaon SE 8.16 24.51 6 30.51 24.48

8. Chincholikati SE 1.95 29.27 5 34.27 17.08

From above table, it could be observed that due to fuel (Coal) burning operations in proposed boilers, the maximum percentage of incremental concentrations for SO2 is 38.93 %. Moreover, the average predictive incremental concentrations percentage for SO2 would be 30.34 % of NAAQS standards against average baseline concentration percentage of 80%. of

115


NAAQS standard. Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area.

In MIDC other than BAL project there are other few projects that are coming up in Chincholi MIDC. Information w.r.t same have been gathered in respect of fuel to be used in boiler and APC installed. Moreover, considering the boilers to be installed in upcoming projects in Chincholi MIDC with BAL project, cumulative GLC have been calculated w.r.t. PM10, PM 2.5 and SO2.

D) Predictions for SO2 Emissions from Stacks of D.G. Set

Figure 4.7 Isopleths of SO2 (1 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Table 4.11GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2values (μg/Nm3)

No. Location Dire

ction

Distance (Km)

from the centre of

study area

98% Max.

baseline SO2 Conc. (mg/m3)

Incremental SO2 GLC Value Non-operation of

APC (mg/m3)

Total SO2 Predictive GLC Non-

operation of Scrubber (mg/m3)

% Increase Remark --

Impact --

A B C D E F= (D+E) G=(E/D)x100 1 Industrial Site -- -- 29.54 0.04 29.58 0.14

Incremental conc. is lower than prescribed standard

80 mg/m3

Insignificant

2 Darfal N 3.11 16.48 0.2 16.68 1.21 3 Pakni SW 5.63 22.14 0.2 22.34 0.90 4 Kondi SE 5.5 25.1 0.2 25.3 0.80 5 Karamba E 8.06 28.12 0.1 28.22 0.36 6 Sawaleshwar SW 4.1 20.55 0.2 20.75 0.97

7 Gulvanchi Gaon SE 8.16 24.51 0.1 24.61 0.41

8 Chincholikati SE 1.95 29.27 0.2 29.47 0.68

116


From above table, it could be observed that due to fuel (HSD) burning operations in proposed DG Sets, the maximum percentage of incremental concentrations for SO2 is 1.21 %. Moreover, the average predictive incremental concentrations percentage for SO2 would be 24.61 % of NAAQS standards against average baseline concentration percentage of 80%. of NAAQS standard. Hence, there would not be significant impact on existing air quality of study area. B) Fugitive Emissions Fugitive emissions under proposed activity of BAL shall be mainly the dust emissions from ash storage. This will impact the working environment and will also settle on plants in the industrial as well as nearby premises. The consequence of same shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life adversely. Further, there could be fugitive emissions of materials like fine dust, powder or gases due to escape of unused raw materials, VOCs etc. from various reactors, storage tanks, pneumatic conveyors etc. C) Process Emissions Sources of process emissions under proposed activities of BAL shall be mainly mixing and blending equipment, reactors, filters, separators, product purifiers and packing operations. The emissions may be in the form of excess and un-reacted gases, VOCs, fume of reactions etc. which could result during various actions like active product formation process, purging of vessels before loading and unloading, surface evaporations and filling. More details about this aspect are given in Chapter -2. Further, baseline concentrations of VOC are below detectable level in the study area. Details of same are given in Chapter -3. The raw materials that shall be stored in organic chemicals quantities on BAL site include Acetone, Ammonia, Hydrogen, Aniline, Propylene, Catalyst, Thiophosphoryl trichloride, n-Butanol, Nitrogen, Methanol, Ethanol, Spent Caustic Solution, Po, and CO2. Following table describes the Human Health Impacts of Hazardous Raw Material.

Table 4.12Human Health Impact of Process Emissions

No. Raw Material Impacts on Human Health 1. Acetone Mild nervous system effects such as eye and respiratory

irritation, mood swings, and nausea that abated soon after exposure ended were seen in humans breathing high concentrations of acetone.

2. Ammonia Exposure to high concentrations of ammonia in air causes immediate burning of the nose, throat and respiratory tract. Inhalation of lower concentrations can cause coughing, and nose and throat irritation.

3. Aniline Dermal contact with aniline can cause skin irritation and sensitisation. However, exposure to aniline at normal background levels is unlikely to have any adverse effect on human health.

117


D) Odour Pollution There are different odour prone areas in the BAL industry. They include raw material & product storage places, process operations, loading/unloading sections etc. which could give rise to smell nuisance. This nuisance could have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that get exposed to the smell resulting into coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, and sensation of nausea. The unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation. 4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures A) Emissions from Fuel Burning • Installation of Air Pollution Control Equipment for the proposed boilers in the form of

ESP and MDC under the proposed activity. • It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective

parameters of the exhaust gases. • Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry

through approved labs to check and control dust levels/concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.

• Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

• Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

• Air pollution control equipment would be interlocked with the process as per the guidelines of CPCB.

B) Fugitive Emissions

• Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely.

• Dust, ash etc. collected from the APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from boilers, will be properly handled and disposed off periodically by supply to brick manufacturers. Thus, uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and suspension in air due to wind.

• Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed.

• Personal protective equipment such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers.

• Green belt development of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises. Also, well planned shelter belt and mass plantation shall be provided along ash storage yards to curb littering of the materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of ash particles in the air which leads to SPM.

• All internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with well compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC shall also be provided.

• Covered/encased conveyors to be installed to carry biomass from storage yards to boiler section. This would be done to avoid littering and free falling of loose biomass from the

118


belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spread in the ambient air due to wind currents.

C) Process Emissions

An emission control system typically consists of a capture device and a removal device. The capture device (such as a hood or enclosure) captures the emission-laden air from the emission area and ducts carry the exhaust air stream to removal equipment such as a recovery device or a destructive control device. The volatile matter getting released from the storage tanks, process piping, reactors, fuel storage and combustion are handled by various preventive measures mentioned below -

• Preventive maintenance is done so as to prevent any leakage and spillage and thereby

reducing the fugitive emission sources. • Further to control the process emissions, Production block shall be provided with a

Scrubber. In all, six scrubbers shall be provided on site. Refer Table 2.18 for details of Scrubber.

D) Odour Pollution To abate the odour nuisance, BAL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- • All reactions and storages shall be done in nitrogen blanketing. Blanketing helps reducing

the oxygen content in the vapor space of storage tank or process vessel, making it inert. This eliminates the possibility of fire or explosion, decreases evaporation and protects tank from structural corrosion damage.

• All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw material to be fitted with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages through pumps.

• Adoption of good management practices (GMPs). • Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. • Provision and use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone

areas. • Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control odour from work zone areas. • Fumes Extraction System with circulation pump, blower & scrubber to storage areas. • Provision of scrubbers to reactors to control process emissions. 4.3.4. Impact on Climate Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the proposed activities under BAL establishment is not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the atmosphere, are not expected. 4.3.5. Impact on Water Resources A) Surface water (Quality and Quantity) The district gets rainfall from south west as well as north east monsoon during the period from June to October. The average rainfall of the district is 545 mm. The rainfall during the

119


southwest monsoon months, i.e. June to September, amounts to be about 74% of the annual normal. About 17% of the normal annual rainfall in the district is received in post monsoon months of October and November. The total water requirement for proposed BAL activities would be 5056.18M3/Day. Out of this, 4076.18 M3/Day would be fresh water, 980 M3/Daywould be Recycled Water. Permissions towards water supply would be granted by MIDC authority. It is clear from above facts that there shall not be any major impact on surface water resource as almost 93 %of the water shall come from recycling. Consequently, this shall reduce equivalent fresh water demand thereby saving that much quantity of fresh water.

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz. Stream – I (High COD & High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & Low TDS). The Stream I effluents generated would be 278.93 M3 / hr. same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. The Stream II effluents generated would be 740M3 /hr. Stream II effluent shall be contributed by DM plant, boiler blow down, and cooling blow down and RO reject + Back water. If the untreated effluent enters any surface water body; there could be number of adverse effects. First of all, suspended particles in it increase turbidity which can reduce amount of light penetrating the water thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and activities of micro-organisms especially phytoplanktons and zooplanktons. This could have subsequent adverse effects on rest of the aquatic community that depend on these components of the food chain. The suspended particulates when get settled at bottom of the water body add to undesirable sediments. Further, due to organic matter in the effluent, dissolved oxygen level in receiving water body gets depleted immediately as a result of intense oxidation of the organics by aerobic microbes. Moreover, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' in the water bodies. Uncontrolled growth of aquatic weeds and eruption of algal blooms seriously affect the quality of water and aesthetics. The channels of streams and waterways may get blocked and algal dominance could reduce dissolved oxygen levels during night times as a result of respiration; an action exactly opposite to photosynthesis that releases oxygen by taking up CO2 during day time. Excessive presence of CO2 in the waters may lead to fall in pH as a result of formation of weak acids and this again could have prominent impact on pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits. Serious fish kill can happen due to depletion of DO levels in addition to effluent induced toxicity in the receiving waters. Some of the toxins in industrial wastewaters may have mild effects on the human health whereas the other ones can be fatal. If such waters are consumed by human beings or animals, diseases and disorders like cancer, protein urea and kidney damage (excess protein in urine), pulmonary fibrosis, anemia, reproductive failure or acute poisoning can take place. It is observed during site visit and through satellite image Canal from Ujani Dam is passing 500 meter near from Project site. It is main drinking water supply for Solapur city. Canal is constructed with RCC in ‘V’ shaped, so if there is accidental release of untreated effluent due to seepages, effluent will not get entered into canal. Though it is near to project site, chances of mixing untreated effluent in canal are minimum.

120


B) Ground Water Water required for proposed operations would be obtained from the MIDC water supply scheme. Ujani Dam on Bhima River supplies water to MIDC.As ground water will not be a source of fresh water for the proposed project, there will not be any impact on ground water reserve (quantity in the area). Ground water quality is dependent on the natural geological formations and can get affected by industrial discharges under unfavorable geological structural conditions near such discharges. The subsurface geological features indicate presence of Deccan Trap. As per ground water quality analysis done during monitoring period parameter viz. TDS,Ca, Mg, Pb are exceeding limits. Also, COD & BOD parameters are also observed. This shows water is not potable and needs treatment before consumption. Here, quality of ground water could further get affected adversely if untreated effluent from the industry is discharged on land or storage of hazardous waste is done in unlined pits and yards with adequate and appropriate leachate management is not done. Organics in effluents may impart BOD & COD to the water and increase in ground water TDS concentration could lead to salinity problems of soils. The hardness increase due to effluent access to ground water is again an undesirable effect. Introduction of colour to ground water due to contamination of effluents shall not only be important from aesthetics but same may also have health concern. Contaminated ground water if utilized by residents of the region for drinking purpose it may affect the health. High TDS may lead to gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. If utilized for industrial purposes, softening and demineralization may incur huge costs. Moreover, the pipelines and other metallic infrastructure involved in conveyance can undergo corrosion, pitting and similar problems due to salt deposition on exposed surfaces. Moreover, Solapur being a drought prone area; water table usually go below average levels during summer and concentration of pollutants may increase due to saturation if the aquifer gets polluted due to wastewater ingress in it. Further, if polluted ground water is used for irrigation; it may deteriorate the soil quality and fertility. 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures A) Surface Water • Being a chemical based industry, it is proposed to harvest the rain water only form the

admin building. The water becoming available during the rainy seasons would be used for domestic activities like flushing.

• There shall be substantial use of recycled water which will reduce the fresh water demand.

• The recharge of ground water in study area is being done through rainfall, seepage from irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area

• The entire trade effluent shall be divided into two streams i.e. Stream-I (high concentrated streams) and Stream-II (low concentrated stream). Both the streams shall be treated in well designed ETP which shall result in Zero Discharge of effluent.

• The concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices.

121


• ETP would be operated round the clock during the manufacturing process operations. • Energy meters shall be provided to concerned units in the ETP. • Automatic flow measurement devices and online continuous monitoring systems shall be

installed. • Regular & proper operation and maintenance of ETP would be done to achieve stipulated

standards for treated effluent. • Qualified and trained staff would be hired for operating ETP. • No any untreated / treated effluent would be discharged in any nearby water body. B) Ground Water • No ground water from any bore well / open well to be used for manufacturing processes

and operations in the industry. • Hazardous waste storage yard would be made leak proof by providing HDPE liners under

platform of the yard to avoid ground water contamination. Refer Figure.2.8and Figure2.9ofChapter 2 for details.

• No any hazardous waste would be disposed off in unscientific manner either in the industry premises or in the study area.

• Industry shall procure membership of CHWTSDF for disposal of Hazardous waste. • Hazardous waste shall not be stored on site for more than 90 days as per the Hazardous

Wastes (Management Handling &Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008 and amendment thereat.

• No any treated / untreated effluent would be discharged on land in Industrial premises or study area.

4.3.6 Impact on Geology

National Geological Monuments or protected / reserved areas of geological interest are not located within the area of geological influence of the proposed project. Most of the units in this MIDC are chemical industries which do not require excavations, or activities leading to ground vibrations etc except at the time of civil construction. Direct impact on geology of the area is not envisaged; however, accidental leakages of chemicals on ground surface can enhance the rate of weathering of soil and sub-surface rocks thereby reducing their bearing capacity. Seismologically the area falls in the Earthquake zone- IV of India. Considering the seismicity in Maharashtra, this area falls within ‘moderate’ risk zone indicating a possibility of earthquakes of moderate intensity in the area 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures Knowledge of activities related to geology in the area should be updated continuously. Consistent care would be taken to avoid accidental leakages of chemicals on ground surface which can create risk of damage to foundations of the civil structures in the area. During excavations in construction phase of the project, special attention would be given to geological stability of the foundation of the buildings in the premises and the surroundings. As the area falls in the moderate risk zone of earthquake, appropriate precautions would be taken to make the buildings / plant ‘earthquake proof’.

122


4.3.7 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes • Wood pallets about 6 MT/Yr, Scrap material-50 MT/ Yr, Carboys Plastic-2000Nos./yr,

Paper waste- 2 MT/Yr., Woven Sack bag- 2 MT/Yr., Drums- 3000 Nos./Yr., Coal ash about 95 MT/D, Corn cob waste -28 MT/D and Plastic Waste- 500 Nos./yr. would be generated as Solid waste from proposed project activities.

• Haphazard and uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics. Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the nearby agricultural fields.

• ETP Sludge (Cat No.: 35.3), Chemical Sludge from waste water treatment (Cat. No.: 35.3) and Drums cleaning, Chemical containing residue from decontamination &disposal (Cat. No. 33.1)16 MT/M, Distillation Residue (Cat. No.: 20.3) 0.5 MT/D, Filters &filter material which have organic liquids in them(Cat No.: 36.2) 0.9 MT/Y, Spent Carbon (Cat. No.: 28.3) 1.5MT/Y, Spent Catalyst/resins (Cat. No.:26.5) 108 MT/Ywould be generated as hazardous waste.

4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures

To avoid any contamination of soils due to disposal of solid and hazardous waste in agricultural area, following measures are suggested.

• The entire quantity of hazardous waste shall be handled and disposed off as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules’ 2010.

• Process Residues & Wastes and ETP sludge, Spent Carbon, Spent Catalyst should be forwarded to CHWTSDF.

• Salts generated from MEE and Spent Solvent should be sold to Authorized Spent Solvent re-processor.

• The unit should provide dedicated and isolated storage arrangement for the hazardous wastes. The area shall have leachate collection system, impervious floor and covered roof.

• Trained and experienced staff shall be employed for collection and handling of the wastes.

4.3.8 Impact on Soil and Agriculture Impact on soil characteristics shall be usually attributable to deposition of air pollutants from fuel burning operations, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste disposal on land. Particulate matter from fuel burning and other pollutants from process emissions emitted into ambient air (especially in very high concentrations due to improper working of APC equipment as mentioned in above paragraph) may result in deposition of same on soil and nearby agriculture fields. This can result in to alteration of properties of soil and its composition. As such crops and plants grown in such soils may become unable to adapt to soil changes and thus the productivity gets reduced. Also, the contaminants from effluents and solid as well as hazardous wastes could have similar effects on soil through uncontrolled and consistent applications or accidental discharges. Due to this, soil fertility slowly diminishes making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have profound effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. Certain alterations in soils' nature

123


may result in to physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) can create troubles w.r.t. soil fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc. As soils in the region are predominantly clayey loams, the irrigation efficiency is low. As NPK values are inadequate at most of the places, good crops cannot be grown without any use of fertilizers. Overall, soils can be said of moderately quality. There could be profound impact of hazardous wastes and solid wastes from the proposed activity on soil. Littering and spread of these wastes can seriously affect physical and chemical characteristics of soils thereby eventually having adverse impact on its quality. Solid waste would be in the form of boiler ash. The same would be disposed of by supply to the brick manufacturers in the nearby area. Moreover, the hazardous wastes from proposed activity would be forwarded to CHWTSDF for its treatment and disposal. Hence, no impact on soil characteristics is envisaged here. 4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures

• Production block in the industry would be provided with scrubbers and boiler shall be

fitted with MDC and ESP as APC equipment. • Ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system

followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes. Finally, it shall be forwarded to brick manufacturers for final disposal.

• Industrial effluent from proposed activities shall be segregated in two streams, which are separately treated in ETPs based on primary, secondary and tertiary treatments. Domestic effluent, on the other hand, shall be treated in a STP. The treated sewage shall be used for flushing.

• Recycling of treated effluent (permeate from R.O. unit) and achievement of Zero Discharge of the process effluent is a major aspect of BAL project. Hence effect of this wastewater discharges on soil and agricultural shall nil.

• Hazardous wastes would be properly handled, collected and stored on site at dedicated place comprising of elevated RCC covered and encased platform with underneath HDPE liners and having appropriate leachate management system. Further the stored wastes shall be forwarded to CHWTSDF for final treatment and disposal.

4.3.9 Impact on Noise Levels The criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people who are being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near the source and the people who stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for hearing damage while the people who stay near the industry need annoyance and psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for the latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community.

124


A) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment The noise to be generated near the industrial operations of production block, MEE plant, Boiler house, DG set would be between 70 to 85 dB (A). The workers working near these equipment would be exposed to maximum noise levels of 85 dB (A) which is well below the limit of 90 dB (A) for 8 hours. However, the noise level of at the boundary of industry would be reduced by 20% due to natural obstructions. The noise level at the boundary of industry would be between 55 to 65 dB (A). Constant exposure to noise levels in work environment of 70 to 85 dB (A) without any PPE, can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of noise on workers would be significant if the exposure is increased beyond 8 hours without any PPE. The noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.

Table 4.13 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise

Sr. No.

Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of

short term exposures) hr/day

Sound Pressure dB (A)

Remarks

1 8.00 90 1.No exposures in excess of dB (A) are permitted.

2 6.00 92 2.For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.

3 4.00 95 4 3.00 97 5 2.00 100 6 1.50 102 7 1.00 105 8 0.75 107 9 0.50 110 10 0.25 115

B) Noise Impact Analysis on Community Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula. Noise Level at distance r2= (Noise level at distance r1) -20 log (r2/r1)

125


The permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.17. The resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits. The noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30% due to natural obstruction like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or get deflected along the wind direction. Therefore, noise level at all villages in study area is within reasonable limits therefore; the impact of noise would be insignificant at study area.

Table 4.14 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No.

Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq Day time (6 AM to 10 PM) Night time (10 PM to 6 AM)

1 Industrial area 75 70 2. Commercial area 65 55 3. Residential area 55 45 4. Silence zone (Hospitals,

Educational Institutes & Courts) 50 40

4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures • Noise monitoring would be done regularly in the noise prone areas and within the

industry where workers will be get exposed. • Selections of machines and equipments which produce less noise. • Use of heavy duty muffler systems on high noise generating equipment. • Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance would be carried out for the

machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. • Personal protective devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced

for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. • For control of noise at source, steps shall be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing

vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented.

• The proposed plant will develop proper and adequate green belt which would attenuate noise intensity from the plant to surroundings and thus would prevent the noise pollution.

• During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB(A) shall never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.

Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed activities could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible. 4.3.10 Impact on Land Use The vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter-connectivity between the same. The healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage pattern.

126


In Mohol taluka wherein the MIDC has been setup, there is no important hill system. Rainfall is uncertain and scanty. The first major land use is Fallow land, that cover about 25.86% area within 10 Km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen where there is lack of continuous water supply. In study area, River Sina is flowing from north to south direction and a nala ‘Vangira Odha’ flowing from north-west direction towards south and meets the Sinariver. These two servers as major water source for the cropland in the study area. As it can be seen in the drainage maps, there are many small drains connecting to the Sina river. The land acquired for proposed project of BAL is located in Chincholi MIDC which is a notified industrial area. River Sina is located 6 Km from project site. The existing drainage pattern shall not be disturbed due to the land acquired by BAL for proposed project. Implementation of BAL project in the notified industrial area (Chincholi MIDC, Solapur) shall not have any substantial impact on the overall land use pattern of the study area. The project shall come up on a well-defined and developed plot in the industrial area. 4.3.11 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity Likely environmental impacts were considered for worst case scenario namely direct discharge of untreated effluent into nearby water bodies and air pollution. The factory site is surrounded by agricultural fields and a seasonal stream originates near the factory site which carries leachate, sewage and industrial effluents. While number of streams and small water bodies are present in the 10 km radius of the proposed project. If not properly controlled the proposed project may contribute to existing pollution in the area, where already number of industries exist in 10 km radius of BAL. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause noticeable environmental impact on the terrestrial and aquatic habitats and dependent biodiversity. In case of air pollution, it is learnt that the proposed industry is likely to contribute in SPM pollution load in the nearby area. This would have a possible negative impact on biodiversity, particularly on avifauna, surrounding crops and local population.

4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures • No any land from GIB Sanctuary will be utilized for industrial purpose. All project

activities will be limited to MIDC land only. • Protection of GIB habitat i.e. Grassland habitat. • No any untreated effluent shall be let out into nearby water body or land. • The stack and production block shall be provided with APC equipment in form of MDC

and ESP. • No ash shall be stored outside the industrial premises or disposed off in nearby grasslands • All developmental activities in and around the industries shall be essentially eco-friendly

and sustainable for long term mutual benefits of the local people and the industry. • Nature conservation and environmental protection activities involving local youth and

local schools shall be planned on priority under industry’s CSR activity. • Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on GIB shall be arranged for the staff to

make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce

127


unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.

• Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be adopted.

4.3.12 Occupational Health and Safety Occupational health and safety is an important consideration under any industrial or developmental project. Following tables gives details about the anticipated occupational health hazards from proposed activities as well as precautionary measures to be taken for same.

Table 4.15Occupational Health and Safety

Sr. No

Reason For

Anticipated Hazards

Health Hazard Work Place

Control To prevent the Hazard

Precautionary engineering Controls

provided

1 Toxicity, Due to Exposure, Spillage, Leakage, emissions, or Reactor Pressurization of ammonia ,

Hydrochloric acid, Ammonia, Methanol, Peripheral Nervous system Decreased muscle strength Headache, drowsiness, Long Term Exposure: Kidney, Liver Damage

Production area, Solvents Handling area

Supplied air mask while handling Ammonia. Avoidance of employees with premedical conditions for handling Ammonia/ Respirators approved by NIOSH. EN or equivalent IS Spill control materials like sorbent pads and booms.

Condensers would be provided with Chilled water & Chilled Brine circulation to avoid the emissions. Spill control training. Hazard communication: Training will be conducted, PPE usage, Training & Educating the usage of PPE's All operations shall be carried out in closed conditions , with scrubbing systems for emissions

2 Exposure to Finished Products

MIBK, Acetone, Diphenylamine, Isopropyl Alcohol, Methyl Amines, Ethyl Amines, Di Methyl Carbonate (DMC), Hydrogen

Production area

All the solid chemicals &finished products handling shall be done without Manual Intervention, directly handled in closed conditions by vacuum conveying. Respirators approved by NIOSH. EN or equivalent IS. Full face protection. Emergency shower and eye wash Spill control use of materials like sorbent pads and booms.

Hazard communication training will be conducted, PPE usage. Training & Educating the usage of PPE's All The operations shall be carried out in closed conditions, Oncology Products handling shall be done in isolators with powder scrubbing systems for finished products with detoxification liquids.

128


Sr. No

Reason For

Anticipated Hazards

Health Hazard Work Place

Control To prevent the Hazard

Precautionary engineering Controls

provided

3 Physical injuries

Contact with rotating parts -Slip, trip and falls -electric shocks Fire

Production area, Mechanical workshop, electrical Panel Boards

Good housekeeping, Circuit breakers, Effective work permit system. Fire hydrant system

Effective Interlocks For Reactors

4.3.12.1 Health Check-up of Workers • Industry shall under take pre-employment health check up followed by periodical health

checkup every year with special attention to occupational health hazards & shall be conducted for all the employees.

• The following parameters shall be the part of pre-employment & annual periodical medical check-up.

• The company will outsource all the tests with the local hospitals.

Table 4.16 Test Details

Sr. No.

Test Details Physical Fitness Certificate

1 Pulse 2 Blood Pressure 3 Per Abdomen (PA) 4 Complete Blood Examination Hemoglobin % (Hb%),WBC,RBC , etc 5 Vision 6 Central Nervous System (CNS) 7 Respiratory System-Lung Function (RS) 8 Cardio Vascular System (CVS) 9 Electro Cardio Gram (ECG) 10 Chest X-ray 11 Venereal Disease (VD) 12 Total Leucocyte Count (TC) 13 Differential Leucocyte Count (DLC) 14 Absolute Eosinophil Count (AEC) 15 Complete Urine Examination [Physical / Chemical /Albumin, Sugar & Bile Salt etc. 16 Ultrasound with Film for Kidney anomalies 17 Random Blood Sugar 18 Sputum for Acid Fast Bacillus (AFB for Tuberculosis) 19 Lever Function Test

4.3.13. Impact on Historical Places There are no historical places in the study area. Hence, the impact is nil.

129


4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT Evaluations of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the proposed project of BAL will an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of the impacts, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been implemented. Description of same is presented in following paragraphs. 4.4.1 BATTELLE ENVIRONMENTALEVALUATION SYSTEM (BEES) Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been used for evaluation of impacts arising out of different project activities. The BEES is a simple yet very effective methodology for conducting environmental impact analysis. It is based on a hierarchical assessment of environmental quality indicators. The system incorporates classification consisting of four levels- • Level I: Categories, • Level II: Components, • Level III: Parameters, and • Level IV: Measurements. Each Category (Level I) is divided into several components, each Component (Level II) into several parameters, and each Parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty six (86) parameters. BEES assessment for environmental impacts due to the proposed activities of BAL is based on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed project activities. The difference between the two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on magnitude and importance of specific impacts. In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed studies are warranted. Table 4.16shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components, and Column 3 shows the eighty six (86) parameters. The EES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or PIUs. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIUs are distributed among the 86 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIUs are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.21, the summation component PIUs are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIUs are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi.

Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value"

130


on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality. Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. The environmental impact EIis evaluated as follows: EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ]for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (86). For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project will better than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts. The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate. The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)-

ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0 These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10%. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%. The EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment 4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR BALPROJECT Environmental quality assessment for the proposed project of BALhas been undertaken through evaluation of relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various components and categories of environment namely- 1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution Water Air Soil Noise

3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest

131


Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality. The allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1000 units. The exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of the activities of BAL are presented in Table - 4.16. Though the BEES are considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions among decision makers could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. The primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the surrounding environment. In order to study the influence of variation of PIU allocation on project evaluation, sensitivity analysis was performed by varying the PIUs for all environmental categories from 0 to 1000 with step size of 50 units. While performing the sensitivity analysis, the aggregate of PIUs allocated among these categories was kept fixed at 1000 units. This gave rise to numerous environmentally beneficial, indifferent or adverse decisions. 4.5.1 Biological Environment Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) has already acquired the land on which proposed project of BALs would be located. A Plot No.F-104has been allocated by MIDC to the proposed project. Many other types of industries are already present in the area. Details of same are presented at Chapter – 3. Green Belt development to the extent as per the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEFCC) guidelines has been implemented by most of the industries. A comprehensive green belt plan would be implemented in the premises of BAL also. Green belt would be developed on an area of about 118799.34 Sq. M. This accounts for 33% of the total plot area available with the Industry. Thereunder, about 9500 Nos. of trees would be planted comprising of flowering, non-flowering and ornamental. 4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Environment a) Natural Vegetation

Natural vegetation in the study area comprises of big growing trees like Babhul, Ber, rain tree, Copper Pod, Tamrid, Coconut, Katanj, Neem etc. In the acquired area, the industry would do some land leveling. There would be no any trees to be cut under the proposed project implementation. Green Belt development, on an area of about 33 % of the open land, would be implemented as per the guidelines of MoEFCC and CPCB and as per the plan mentioned above. Apart from this green belt development, open areas around the offices &buildings would be covered with the grasses, shrubs & plants for landscaping. Outskirts of the area would be planted with fast growing trees as indicated in the Environmental

132


Management Plan. In totality, green belt development on the acquired area would imply positive benefits in terms of the extensive plantation and proper planning of same as indicated in a separate chapter on the green belt development plan. b) Crops

In the study area, under 10 Km radius crops like Onion, Jowar & Maize are Common Crop. Also, Orchards like Papaya, grapes, Pomegranate & Banana etc. were observed in study area. In some cases where water is available in sufficient quantities, crops like sugar-cane are also cultivated. The project would not have any significant impact on crops because the area is already a well-developed MIDC. As mentioned in above paragraphs, if untreated effluents are disposed off on nearby land or uncontrolled particulate emissions from boiler without APC could lead to negative impacts on the crops. Every care would be taken so that no effluent would be discharged out of premises. c) Species Diversity

No major forest comes in the study area. Percentage of the area under forests, as per the District Census Book, is 0.94%. Great Indian Bustard (GIB) sanctuary is present in study area towards East side of Plot. As per IUCN Red list GIB is considered as critically endangered species. No negative impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project since there will not be loss of habitat/ contamination of habitat. However, plantation of variety of the species, as induced in the Environmental Management Plan, would improve the ecosystem of the area. This will improve the ecosystem marginally. d) Food & Web Index

As sanctuary would not have any negative impact, no adverse impact on food & web cycle is expected. However, due to conservation plan in the acquired area, improvement in the food web index is expected. e) Rare & Endangered Species

As stated above, there is a GIB sanctuary in study area. As per IUCN Red list GIB is considered as critically endangered species. However, no negative impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project since there will not be any adverse effects like loss of habitat, fragmentation of habitat or contamination of habitat. However, plantation of variety of the species, as induced in the Environmental Management Plan, would improve the ecosystem of the area marginally. i) Plant Species

Plant species noted in the study area are normal species found in semi-arid zone. No negative impact on these species is expected.

133


ii) Animal Species

Except the GIB, no any critically endangered wild animal species are found in the study area. Animals observed in study area are Black buck, Indian Hare, Indian Wolf, Jackal, Bonnet Macaque, Indian Palm Squirrel, Wild Boar, Langur and flying fox, Indian rat snake, Indian peafowl etc. These are normal species found in the Maharashtra Zone. No negative or positive impact on these species is expected. iii) Pest Species

No pest or parasitic species are found in the area. Hence, no any negative or positive impact is envisaged. 4.5.2 Environmental Pollution Parameters for the above-mentioned category are divided into four parts as (1) Water, (2) Soil, (3) Air, (4) Noise Impacts of the proposed project on these components are summarized below: 4.5.2.1 Water Parameters which represent the water environment are mainly pH, BOD, TDS, Oil& Grease. Trade effluent generated from the proposed industrial activities shall be to the tune of 1063.93M3/Day. This effluent shall be segregated in two streams based upon their characteristics i.e. Stream I and Stream II. The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. The total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up. Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. Salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II evporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF. RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling make-up. Domestic effluent from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposed 50m3 /day capacity STP and overflow would be used for flushing. Thus, no any untreated / treated /domestic effluent would be discharged in any nearby water body.

134


4.5.2.2 Soil

Analysis of soil in the acquired area shows that it is good for cultivation. In case of the study area, the soil chemistry will not change because no any untreated/ treated/ domestic effluent would be discharged on land. Moreover, the hazardous and solid waste generated would be properly stored in lined area and disposed off by forwarding it to CHWTSDF.

a) Land Use Pattern

No changes in the land use pattern of study area are expected. The site is located in MIDC area. Thus, the designated land use is solely for the industrial use. The study area would not have any positive or negative impact, on the land use pattern, because of the proposed project.

b) Soil Chemistry

Soil observed is acidic in nature, mostly black clayey loams. This indicates presence of clay material. The porosity varies between 55.29-74.02, which can be categorized as moderate. pH index indicates neutral nature of the soil. The bulk density is observed 1.1-1.30 gm/cc. Soils from this study area have high EC values. The water retention capacity is observed in range of 57.89% to 75.81%, which can be stated as moderately well. The Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) is in the range of 0.042-0.072.

c) Soil Erosion

Development of the green belt plan as mentioned above would prevent the soil erosion from the project premises. Also, grassland on the open lands would help arresting the erosion of soil. Thus, there will not be any soil erosion from the acquired area.

4.5.2.3 Air

For proposed boiler Bag Filter would be provided as APC equipment. The average concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx monitored at proposed site is 60.28µg/M3, 17.27µg/M3, 29.54 µg/M3 and 39.52 µg/M3 respectively. These are well within the limits specified by MPCB / CPCB.

4.5.2.4 Noise

Major sources of the noise generation are D.G. Sets, Boiler House etc. The D.G Set in proposed unit would be located in a separate building structure. However, this would not be a continuous source of noise as the same would be operated in case of electricity failure. Isolation, insulation, separation techniques would be adopted under the proposed activities to reduce noise effects on the work environment as well as on the ambient noise levels. Prevention of noise with the plans suggested in EMP would suffice the control of noise pollution.

4.5.2.5 Vibration

No major source of vibration would be present in the industry under proposed operations.

135


4.5.3 Aesthetics 4.5.3.1 Topographical Character a) Landscape Topography & landscape of the area indicates plain terrain. Changes would occur in the form of general leveling and digging for construction purposes. Debris arising from the construction would be utilized for filing of low-lying area. Thus, even if some changes may occur in the topography of the area, it would bring out positive impact in the form of leveling and landscaping. b) Green Belt

Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green belt development. c) Visual Quality of Air

There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the air. d) Visual Quality of Water There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the water body present in the study area.

e) Sound

There might be small increase in the noise levels around the factory premises. This can be taken care by the provision of good green belt development plan as suggested above. 4.5.4 Human Interest

Human interest will not be affected negatively. The proposed project activities will provide direct and indirect employment to residents of nearby locality. As such, the overall effect will be positive. a) Community Health BAL project would not have any impact on health and sanitation of the study region. The domestic effluents from proposed activities would be to the tune of 45M3/Day. The same would be treated in STP. Also, there will be zero discharge w.r.t. trade effluent. Hence, sanitation in the study area as well as acquired area would not have any positive or negative impact. b) Employment

The skilled labours and unskilled labours would be required under the proposed project. Thereunder, total 700 workers shall be required.Preference would be given, for the job opportunities, to those labors who are residing nearby. Thus, there would be marginal increase in the employment at local level. Secondary employment in the form of contract jobs would also be a positive impact of the proposed project activities.

136


c) Economy

The economy of the study area would have somewhat positive impact due to the proposed project activities. Through, primary and secondary level employment as well as contractual jobs becoming available, the overall economy of the study area would undergo positive effects on it. The small contract jobs at local level would improve the economy at the micro level. d) Transportation & Communication

Due to the manufacturing activities of variousOrganic chemicals and their dispatch, raw materials and product transportation in the project area is bound to be increased. However, as the site is very close to the NH-9, increase in the traffic density near the project would be negligible. As the project would require transportation of the raw materials and products, the local transporters would be benefited primarily. More load on communication network is not expected. e) Education

All the required education facilities up to postgraduate levels are available at the Solapur. Mainly the staff & officers would come from the city areas. The main staff and officers reside in these cities and work on daily up & down basis. Thus, no any additional education facilities at local level are required nor there is any impact of the proposed activities in the study region. f) Water Supply The plot being located in the Chincholi MIDC, the water required for proposed operations would be taken from MIDC water supply scheme. g) Occupational Health Occupational health is usually the concern in case of routine industrial operations. Regular health checkup camps and facilities such as doctors, dispensary, hospitals, ambulance etc. are the prerequisites of a good program. The proposed unit shall be having all such facilities and amenities. Thus, proposed infrastructure and practices in BALunit would suffice for requirements towards occupational health & safety measures under the proposed project. Moreover, the industry would adopt measures suggested in the EMP. Thus, no occupational health problem would be anticipated under the proposed project.

Table 4.17 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to BAL, Chincholi MIDC,

Solapur

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 Without Project

V i,1 With

Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5=Sum of 4 6=Sum of 5 7 8 9=8-7 10=9X4

Biological Environment

(Ecology)

Species & Populations (Terrestrial Flora, Terrestrial Fauna,

1. Terrestrial browsers and grazers

14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0

2. Terrestrial crops (Farm land)

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

3. Terrestrial natural 14 0.5 0.6 0.1 1.4

137


Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category


Aquatic Biota) vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees & Shrubs.)

4. Terrestrial pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

5. Terrestrial upland birds

14 1.0 1.0 0 0

6. Aquatic commercial fisheries.

14 0.7 0.7 0 0

7. Aquatic natural vegetation

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

8. Aquatic pest species

14 0.5 0.5 0 0

9. Fish 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 10. Water fowl 14 140 0.6 0.6 0 0

Habitats & Communities

11. Terrestrial food web index

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

12. Land use 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 13. Terrestrial rare and

endangered species.

15 0.3 0.5 0.2 3.0

14. Terrestrial species diversity

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

15. Aquatic food web index

08 0.7 0.7 0 0

16. Aquatic rare and endangered species

08 0.5 0.5 0 0

17. River characteristics

10 0.5 0.5 0 0

18. Aquatic species diversity

10 0.6 0.6 0 0

19. Habitat Removal, Contamination of

Habitat (Aquatic Biota)

08 0.7 0.7 0 0

20. Terrestrial Fauna -Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat,

13 100 0.4 0.4 0 0

Environmental Pollution

Water 21. Basin hydrologic loss (alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers)

20 402 0.6 0.5 - 0.1 - 2.0

22. BOD (Water Quality - WQ)

28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8

23. Dissolved Oxygen (WQ)

33 0.8 0.8 0 0

24. Fecal Coliforms (WQ)

10 0.6 0.6 0 0

25. Inorganic carbon (WQ)

26 0.6 0.6 0 0

26. Inorganic nitrogen (WQ)

26 0.6 0.6 0 0

27. Inorganic 26 0.6 0.6 0 0

138



Without Project

V i,1

With Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category


phosphate (WQ) 28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 0 29. pH (WQ) 25 1.0 1.0 0 0 30. Stream flow

variation (alteration of river, nalla, channel)

30 0.8 0.8 0 0

31. Temperature. 33 1.0 1.0 0 0 32. TDS (WQ) 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0 33. Toxic substances

(WQ) 10 0.7 0.7 0 0

34. Turbidity (WQ) 25 312 0.6 0.6 0 0 Air 35. CO2 (Air Quality-

AQ) 8 0.8 0.8 0 0

36. Nitrogen oxides (AQ)

7 0.8 0.8 0 0

37. Particulate matter (AQ)

14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4

38. Photochemical oxidants (AQ)

3 1.0 1.0 0 0

39. Sulfur dioxide (AQ) 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0 40. Other (process &

fugitive emissions 10 52 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -1.0

Land (Soil)

41. Land use 10 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.0 42. Soil erosion 6 0.8 0.8 0 0 43. Soil Quality 12 28 0.7 0.7 0 0

Noise 44. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 Aesthetics

Cultural Land

45. Surface material 6 158

0.8 0.8 0 0 46. Relief and

topographic character

16 1.0 1.0 0 0

47. Width and alignment

10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0

Air 48. Odor and visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -0.3 49. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0

Water 50. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 51. Land and water

interface 16 1.0 1.0 0 0

52. Odor and floating materials

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

53. Water surface area 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 54. Wooded and

geologic shoreline 10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0

Biota 55. Animals- domestic 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 56. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 0 57. Diversity of

vegetation types 12 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2

58. Variety within vegetation types

8 30 0.8 0.9 0.1 0.8

Manmade Objects

59. Manmade objects 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0

Composition 60. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 61. Unique

composition 10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0

Human Educational / 62. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 0

139



Without Project

V i,1

With Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category


Interest (Social, Cultural)

Scientific Packages

63. Training in new technologies& skill development

13 0.5 0.7 0.2 2.6

64. Ecological Effects on crops, Reduction of farm land

9 0.8 0.8 0 0

65. Geological 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 66. Hydrological 10 48 0.7 0.7 0 0

Historical Packages (Infrastructure and services)

67. Architecture and styles

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

68. Conflicts with projects of urban, commercial or industrial development

10 0.9 0.9 0 0

69. Events Recreation

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

70. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0 71. Religions and

Cultures 10 1.0 1.0 0 0

72. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 73. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0

74. Other ethnic groups

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

75. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0 Mood/

Atmosphere 76. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 77. Isolation / solitude 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 78. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0 79. Oneness with

nature 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0

Security and Safety

80. Increase in crime and accidents caused

5 0.5 0.5 0 0

Health 81. Temporary acute and chronic

5 0.7 0.7 0 0

Life Patterns (Economy)

82. Employment opportunities

(Creation of new economic activities.

Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs)

16 0.7 0.9 0.2 3.2

83. Income for state & private sector.

5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.5

84. Saving for consumers and private consumers

Savings in foreign currency for the state.

5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5

85. Housing. (Commercial value of properties,

Electricity tariff)

5 0.6 0.6 0 0

86. Social interactions 5 46 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5

140



Without Project

V i,1

With Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category


(Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments,

Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts.

The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei + 5.2 Table 4.18 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES for BAL

Parameters PIUs

W i V i,0

Without Project V i,1

With Project ΔVi ΔVi, r # Red Flag

1 2 3 4 5 = 4-3 6 = 5/3 x100 7 21.Basin hydrologic loss (alteration of hydraulic regime,

alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers) 20 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor

22. BOD (Water Quality - WQ) 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor 32. TDS (WQ) 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -12% Minor 37. Particulate matter (AQ) 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor 39. Sulphur Di-oxide (AQ) 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17% Minor 40. Other (Process Emissions) 10 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14% Minor 48.Odor & Visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -14% Minor

# - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in percent)

ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1. 4.6 THE MITIGATION MEASURES The potential problem areas mentioned in above Table 4.17 would be having adverse impact due to proposed project activities. The various mitigation measures to minimize the impact on different parameters are presented below-

1. Basin Hydrologic Loss

Proposed BAL project shall require 5056.18 M3/day of water for various manufacturing processes & operations. The fresh water for BAL project shall be taken from MIDC water supply source which in turn receives water pumped from the Ujani Dam located on River Bhima (at about 130 Km). There are number of competing users for the total water lifted and supplied to Solapur. In addition to MIDC, there is Solapur Municipal Corporation which entirely supplies drinking water to the city from this source. Moreover, there are additional MIDC in the city which also is depending up on this water supply source. In the quantity of Chincholi MIDC water quota, there shall be additional burden of water use by BAL to the tune of4156.18 M3/day. This in turn is considerable quantity of fresh water which could serve other important & priority purposes like drinking, irrigation, fishery etc. Utilization of such fresh water would result in to certain basin hydrologic loss from Ujani catchment imparting negative impact of BAL Project on Environment.

141


To minimize the negative impact up to some extent, BAL has planned to reduce its fresh water demand by about 96% through recycling of treated effluent from its manufacturing activities. Thus, the Industry shall reuse 980 M3/day of its treated effluent. This step shall facilitate a two in one benefit namely achieving 'Zero Discharge' of trade effluent in the environment and saving in fresh water demand.

2. B.O.D.

Through the manufacturing operations in proposed BAL project, effluents would be generated from process, laboratory, washing, cooling and boiler blow downs etc. The total effluent generated from various operations and processes in proposed project shall be segregated into two streams – Stream I and Stream II.

Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. Total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up. Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. The salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). The R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. The RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II evporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF.

Domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity and effluent will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets.

3. TDS

This parameter comes under water component of environmental pollution category. It has got importance since during manufacturing processes in a Organic and Speciality Chemicals Manufacturing unit various salts are used as raw materials in considerable quantities. Moreover, many times salts are generated as intermediate or end products of number of chemical reactions. Subsequently, through procedures of product finishing, refining or purifying, effluents containing huge concentrations of TDS are generated. If such effluent of high TDS are discharged on land or in surface waters or if they find access to ground water, serious negative impacts could result. TDS in surface and ground water may increase, the water could become hard, the soils can become saline. These changed properties of water, land and soils, in turn, could demand costly measures for making them useful or fit for consumption towards various purposes. More details about this aspect have been described in earlier sections of this chapter while stating impacts and their mitigation measures.

142


4. Particulate Matter & Terrestrial Crops

Particulate matter is the parameter that comes under 'Environment Pollution' category and Terrestrial crops comes under 'Biological Environment' of the BEES. Through various activities under proposed project, particulate matter generation shall occur. The main source of particulates is fuel burning operation of the Boiler. The stack emissions releasing fly-ash primarily and majorly contribute to the SPM in the atmosphere in the absence of adequate pollution control measures. For the boiler and TFH, ESP & Multi-cyclone Dust Collector (MDC) as air pollution control equipment shall be provided for Boiler & TFH respectively. This shall effectively and adequately control the SPM emissions from stacks which shall ultimately go in to ambient air. Apart from the proposed industrial activity in the campus; certain other factors are also responsible for SPM generation such as commercial and domestic operations, traffic and communication especially on poorly surfaced roads in the premises. It is observed through monitoring of AAQ in the study region that PM10 levels vary from a minimum of 51.80µg/m3 to maximum of 62.60 µg/m3. Although the latter is within the stipulated limit of 100 µg/m3, every step shall be taken to minimize and curb SPM generation at individual sources in the premises. Control measures like good manufacturing practices (GMP’s), development of adequate and effective green belt, surfacing of roads, effective actions at biomass, Coal and ash storage yards for suppressing dust etc. shall be adopted. Therefore there would be no any impact on nearby terrestrial crops. 5. SO2

The SO2shall get released to atmosphere as stack emissions due to burning of fuel. Infact presently in the BAL project the boiler of 180TPH (60 TPH X 3) and Thermic fluid heater (TFH) of 30 Lakh Kcal/Hr shall utilize coal as a fuel. There the quantum of SO2emission shall be of more concern. In light of such event, the mitigation measure in the form of adequate stack height of 50 M has been considered. 6. Other (Process & Fugitive Emissions)

This parameter comes under 'Environmental Pollution' Category (Component – Air). There would be process emissions in the form of Acetone, Ammonia, Hydrogen, Aniline, Propylene, Catalyst, Thiophosphoryl trichloride, n-Butanol, Nitrogen, Methanol, Ethanol, Spent Caustic Solution, Po, and CO2and fugitive emissions. Same would be controlled through installation of ESP. Thus, no any process emissions shall be let out into ambient air. 7. Odour and Visual

This parameter comes under 'Aesthetics' category for component of air in the BEES. Although, there would be the minor predicted negative impact (14% as shown in Table 4.22) of this parameter, due consideration for same is equally important. This is because the said parameter is related with aesthetics in respect of ambient air in the industrial premises and in surrounding region. The odor may be because of fugitive emissions from different process operations during manufacturing as well as unhygienic and poor storage conditions in the industrial premises of waste materials (discarded product batches, spent organics & catalysts, mother liquor etc.), sludge, solid and hazardous wastes. Odour nuisance would be controlled by curbing emissions responsible for same at the source itself. Further, provision of scrubber,

143


efficient ventilation and exhaust systems, proper O & M as well as good house-keeping shall exercise adequate control on factors responsible for odour nuisance.

4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMISSIONING ACTIVITY

4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase

"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructures set up thereby making it unusable.

4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the BAL Project –

When a plan for decommissioning of the BAL plant would be confirmed, initially a detailed survey of the site and entire plant shall be carried out. Detailed photography and videography shall be done. A review of all documents shall be taken and thorough checking shall be done w.r.t. permissions from all concerned Govt. authorities for the decommissioning. If required, competent personnel shall be arranged at the site to supervise the entire assignment.

Subsequent to survey, a planning towards sequence and chronology of decommission and dismantling shall be done by taking in to consideration following –

1. Number and types of buildings like administration building and security office in RCCand brick work, manufacturing plant in MS & RCC, allied piping, staging and supportsetc.

2. All electrification infrastructures with cables and cable trays, transformers, poles andlighting, underground cable trenches, etc.

For demolishing RCC structure, no any blasting is recommended as the site is in Roha MIDC and surrounded by other chemical industries. Same would be done by using hydraulic breakers. Fabricated structure would be dismantled by gas cutting.

Inventory of left over hazardous chemicals after shutdown would be done. These chemicals based on their characteristics would be scientifically collected and disposed off for authorized re-processor or forwarded to CHWTSDF. This would be done also for safe disposal of used / unused chemicals from the industry. The decommissioning would be done by detoxification followed by dismantling activity under trained manpower and expert supervision.

A) Detoxification

For detoxification of reactor, column, bulk storage tanks following in-situ methods are suggested -

a. Hot Water/ Air Purging: Hot air /water shall be purged through the units until specifiedcriteria are met.

b. Dilute Acid Wash: Some of the equipment and pipelines shall be given acid wash todetoxify them. Dilute HCl (5-10%) is suggested for this purpose.

c. Water Wash: Finally a thorough water wash of the equipment and pipelines isrecommended, before they are dismantled from their supports.

144


The used water shall be diverted to ETP for its treatment and safe disposal. The effluent generated from detoxification process will be treated in ETP and treated water will be disposed off accordingly. Further sludge from ETP would be forwarded to CHWTSDF B) Dismantling

All the equipment, pipelines and structural components shall be dismantled only after in-situ detoxification has been carried out as specified above. The pipelines would be dismantled first followed by the equipment and finally by the structure. The dismantling of the units will begin from the topmost floor and proceed towards the ground floor. Large equipment shall be dismantled in sections wherever possible. The dismantled metal components would be disposed off by sale to authorized parties. Demolition of RCC buildings would be done manually and debris generated would be used for filling low lying areas.

After dismantling and disposal of all dumps to disposal sites, there would be necessity to check soil contamination due to leakages and spillages. The top soil samples in industrial site be analyzed and the quality would be checked.

Table 4.19 Quantum of Soil from Surface Layer (0-20 cm)

No. Noise Area Within the Industry Dimensions Volume (m3) 1 Plant-1 2000X0.2 400 2 Plant-2 3500X0.2 700 3 Plant-3 2200X0.2 440 4 Plant-4 2400X0.2 480 5 Plant-5 3600X0.2 720 6 Plant-6 2400X0.2 480 7 Plant-7 4100X0.2 820 8 Plant-8 11200X0.2 2240 9 Plant-9 9300X0.2 1860 10 Plant10 2800X0.2 560 11 Plant-11 2100X0.2 420 12 ETP 3000X0.2 600

Total 9720 From above table, the quantum of contaminated soil generated would be 9720 (16524 MT). The contaminated top soil will be scraped and forwarded to CHWTSDF for secured land filling. In light of high quantum of soil then in-situ technologies like thermal desorption, chemical oxidation and bioremediation would be suggested. No any hazardous materials will be stored on site. Also, all the workers will be informed about the decommissioning of the industrial plant. The impacts due to decommissioning phase are tabulated below-

145


Table 4.20 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of BAL Project

No. Env. Aspect

Activities / Operation

Impact Identification Measures

1. Land Use Dismantling and decommissioning of industrial set up.

No impact on land use as the site is in notified industrial area, post-decommissioning use would be industrial only.

--

2. Air • Washing of reactors, pipeline during detoxification.

• Cutting, demolition and dismantling operations

• Fugitive emissions due to fumes of acid/ alkali during washing of reactors, distillation column, storage tanks, pipeline etc.

• Fugitive dust during demolition of building.

• Scrubbing of emissions through scrubbers attached to reactors and subsequent demolition of both.

• Water sprinkling to suppress dust during demolition work.ESP and MDC is also used.

3. Water • Washing activities of tanks, reactor, piplines, columns etc.

• Washing discharges getting access into nearby nalla under uncontrolled operational conditions.

• Washing discharges to ETP; treatment & disposal through same as ZLD. Demolition of ETP shall be the last activity.

4. Solid and Hazardous Waste

• Cutting wastes, scrap, demolition wastes etc.

• HW at site (residue, chemical sludge, spent catalyst, spent carbon)

• Littering of wastes • Bad aesthetics • Leachate formation &

Ground water contamination

• Solid wastes disposal to authorized re-processor, sale.

• HW disposal to CHWTSDF

5. Noise • Cutting & drilling during decommissioning

• Dismantling of reactors, columns, buildings etc.

Increase in noise levels during decommissioning.

PPEs to manpower involved in decommissioning and safety measures to will be followed.

6. Risk & Hazard

Dismantling & Decommissioning of equipments& buildings.

Accidents, chemical spillages, storage tanks explosion during detoxification & dismantling.

Use of PPEs, expert and experienced supervision, due follows up of safety norms & procedures.

146

Chapter 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES …5

5.1 INTRODUCTION

While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed project. 5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

5.2.1 Raw Material Alternative The product will require certain raw materials. The raw materials for proposed unit listed in Chapter 2. The raw materials would be selected based on their purity and desirable form. This would avoid the probability of discards or non-specification outcome. It also follows the mass balance more faithfully than when impurities are involved. 5.2.2 Technology Alternatives To reduce the carbon footprint by our business operations, we aim to use wherever possible renewable energy sources for the process requirements, wherever necessary. We have plans to use all the latest available energy efficient and environmental friendly technologies to contain or minimize the impact on Environment. World over Organic Chemicals manufacturing technology is a closely guarded process with only a few handful companies having access to such technology. BAL’s confidence in the indigenous technology helped it to implement and make a success of the project. It includes manufacturing process described in Chapter 2 which is based on raw materials that are easily available. Also it is cost effective and safe. Solvents used are recoverable. Working pressure of boiler is reasonably low and easy to manage. The resultant products are accepted in international markets and have gained distinct export quality status. This has made BAL as one of the few companies in India having the potential to match the stringent International Quality Standards. No technological failures are reported so far. Hence no alternative technologies are analyzed. 5.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

The proposed project site of BAL is located in the Chincholi MIDC i.e. the notified industrial area for chemical Industries, adequate facilities and infrastructure would be provided for establishment by MIDC. As such, no alternative sites are analyzed.

147

Chapter 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

6.1 INTRODUCTION

With the knowledge of baseline conditions, and impacts predicted in Chapter – 4, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. InBAL, monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following: • State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purposes in respect of pollution. The same

could serve as basis for future impact assessment studies for project. • To verify the impacts predicated due to the proposed project. • To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. The environmental monitoring during the proposed project is important to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed in the project complex. The sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including monitoring locations will be as per the guidelines of the Central Board/State Pollution Control Board. The details of proposed mitigation measures that have been suggested in order to achieve economic development due to the proposed BAL's project without harming the nature are as follows – 6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE As discussed in Chapter 4, the impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emissions and noise during transportation and construction activities. Hence, there the need to conduct intensive monitoring during construction phase is not felt. However, appropriate measures to minimize impacts during this phase are suggested in Chapter 4 of this report.

6.3 MONITORING DURING THE POST CONSTRUCTION/OPERATIONAL

PHASE

During operational stage, continuous activities are expected which shall include - air emissions from boilers, process as well as fugitive emissions, wastewater generation and its disposal, solid wastes (ash) and hazardous waste (Distillation Residue, Process Residue and Chemical Sludge from Wastewater Treatment etc, ETP sludge) generation etc. The attributes which shall be regularly monitored, based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities, are listed below: • Source emissions and ambient air quality; • Groundwater levels and ground water quality; • Water and wastewater (effluent & sewage) quality; • Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, Distillation Residue,

Process wastes, ETP sludge);

148


• Soil quality; • Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient

noise levels) • Ecological preservation and afforestation. 6.3.1. Air Pollution Management Apart from the above ambient and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested. • Air pollution control equipment would be interlocked with the process as per the

guidelines of CPCB. • If the emissions exceed the standards, the corresponding units of the plant which are

contributing the excessive pollutant load are stopped till the qualities of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.

• In case of failure of pollution control equipment, the production process connected to it shall be stopped.

• Under no circumstances, the emissions shall exceed the limits mentioned in the consent letter.

• Online monitoring system shall be installed under proposed project. • In case of power failure, alternate electric source shall be provided which shall be

sufficient to operate the APC equipment. 6.3.2. Water Management The total water requirement for project would be 5056.18M3/Day. For details on water requirement refer Section 2.8.1.1 of Chapter – 2.The effluent generated from proposed activities shall be given proper treatment as per CREP guidelines. Refer Section 2.8.2of Chapter - 2 for effluent generation and disposal. The following measures would be adopted by the industry under proposed project: 1. The industry would be provided effluent collection, treatment and disposal facilities.

Proper operation and maintenance will also done to keep the same in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies.

2. No untreated industrial effluent should be allowed to be disposed off on land or in any surface water body.

3. The pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance and storage would be checked periodically to avoid any leakages.

6.3.3. Noise Level Management

Mitigation measures for noise levels are of following types: Prevention at source Control of transmission path Protective measures in the work environment Administrative control In the proposed unit, the major sources of noise generation would be the boiler house. The high noise generating sources would be kept in an isolated area and would be provided with

149


proper acoustic treatment to have the ambient noise level as per the CPCB standards. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments are being provided with Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc. As per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2010, the D.G. set would be enclosed in a canopy. 6.3.4. Land Management There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due to deposition on ground of air pollutants and suspended particulates from the proposed activities. Under the proposed activities, solid waste generated would be in the form of boiler ash to the tune of 95 MT/Day. The same would be disposed off by supply to the brick manufacturers in the nearby area for secondary use. Other solid waste such as scrap material, Plastic waste, office paper waste, woven sack bags (HDPE), drums etc would be sold. 6.3.5 Odour Management There are different odor sources in the industry. The raw materials & product storage places, process operations, loading / unloading sections etc. could give rise to smell nuisance. To abate the same, the industry would take following steps and actions- 1. Scrubbers to process plant will be provided. 2. All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials would be fitted

with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages. 3. Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs). 4. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 5. Provision and use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odor prone areas. 6. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control odor from work zone areas.

6.4 OPERATION CONTROL AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

All the equipments and machinery used under proposed project will be maintained properly and would be kept clean. The quality of stack emission depends very much on the operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in the boiler increases unburnt carbon particles in the exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor. The lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to the pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at the source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in the plant. 6.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES

The following measures would be taken up in the BAL unit - • Availability of an ambulance all the time i.e. 24X7. • Regular medical checkup of employees and records maintenance. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy for all the workers

(temporary and permanent) in the industry and its annual renewal.

150


• Display of sign boards in hazard areas in local language. • Provision of PPE to all workers. • Public Liability Insurance Policy would be done.

Following equipment and gadgets would be kept in the OHC of BAL.

Table 6.1Health Care Facility Equipment

No. Instrument Use 1. Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the

body, like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc.

2. Reflex testing hammer (padded)

To test motor reflexes of the body

3. Sphygmomanometer (Blood pressure meter)

To record the patient’s blood pressure

4. A thin beam electric torch To see into the eye, body’s natural orifices, etc., and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.

5. A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing

6. A measuring tape For size measurements 7. A weighing machine To record the weight 8. Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9. Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10. Thermometer To record the body temperature 11. Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide,

etc. 12. Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in

oxygen intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs

13. Vaporizer To produce vapours 14. Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of

an autoclave 15. Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16. Syringe of different sizes

and needles For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from the body

17. Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity 6.6 MEASURES FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities BAL has planned its Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) policy and the same would be implemented. Under this policy, BAL would undertake a no. of CER activities. These include promotion of Govt. Missions, Tree plantation, Arrangement of drinking water through water tanker during drought condition, Contribution for GIB conservation.

151

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stethoscope

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sound

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cardiac_cycle

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intestine

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Breath_sound



http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflex

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Motor_reflex

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sphygmomanometer

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Blood_pressure

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Human_eye

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_orifices

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pupillary_light_reflex

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Watch

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stopwatch

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heart_rate

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hearing_(sense)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tuning_forks

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deafness

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kidney_dish

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thermometer

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Body_temperature

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oxygen

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nitrous_oxide

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carbon_dioxide

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aerosolized

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autoclave

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Syringe

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Injection_(medicine)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Otoscope

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ear


6.6.1.1List of Activities to be undertaken for Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER)Planning

Table 6.2 Budgetary Provisions to be undertaken by Unit BAL under CER

No CSR Activity Details Total Amount (Rs. In Cr.)

1. Promoting education

Monetary donations, Supply of Educational Materials, sports equipments Sponsoring Drawing; Debate Competitions etc in the Schools and colleges of surrounding towns & villages.

1.2

2. Road maint. -Hotgi road

The pucca roads in the villages and have also maintaining the greenery on road dividers for beautification of the vicinit. Donated 40 plastic barricades to Police departments of Solapur and Osmanabad district under the category of promotion of road safety. Donated 12 sets of wireless Microphone and sound systems for Solapur Traffic Department which are fitted at various signals of the city, which are used in controlling the road traffic.

0.04

3. Arrangement of drinking water

Arrangement of drinking water through water tanker during drought condition- Capacity of tanker -3000 liters MOC- RCC tanks Not only provided water storage facilities but also provided water tankers to meet the acute need of water in draught prone areas of Solapur and Osmanabad district.

0.11

4. Health Care Free health checkup camps in the rural areas and distribution of free Medicines to the needy, have set up a clinic in village with free medical aid, with a doctor to be paid by the company. Donated 5 number of Wheel Chairs to Ministry of Railways, Solapur railway stations for considering the need for senior citizens and patients conveyances at the railway stations.

2.13

5. Rural development projects

Supply of Educational Materials, Lab equipments, educational books, and competitive exam books , sports equipments to various schools in various villages, Painting of black board in the schools of rural areas. Donated 680 nos. of school benches to 10 Schools of various villages in Ramayampet Mandal, Medak. In many rural areas of Solapur and Osmanabad there are schools where the company have donated around 74 computer sets to promote computer literacy for rural students.

3.4

Total 6.88

Note: The villages were selected for CER activities namely Chincholikati, Akolekati, Darfal, Kondi

152


for other Chincholi MIDC Projects. And all around Solapur and Osmanabad District. For implementation of the above said activities under CER plan in command area of proposed project complex, a budgetary allocation of Rs. 6 Cr.(1.5 % of total Investment -400 Cr.as per the office memorandum no. F No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st may, 2018).

Table 6.3 CER Implementation Schedule

Sr. No. CER activity

Investment (in Cr.) Year of

Completion Year 2019

Year 2020

Year 2021

Year 2022

Year 2023

1. Promoting education 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.2 0.3 2023

2. Road maint. -hotgi road

0.02 0 0.02 0 0 2023

3. Arrangement of drinking water

0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 2023

5. Health care 0.5 0.4 0.35 0.4 0.48 2023 7. Rural development

projects 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.5 2023

1.24 1.32 1.49 1.52 1.31 6.88 6.6.1.2Measures for Improvement of Ecology Following steps would be taken- Afforestation program under proposed project. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping sufficient height of stacks. 6.6.1.3 General Guidelines - 1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate the effects of

noise. 2. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would

be made. 3. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along

the periphery. 4. All the necessary steps would be taken & care would be observed under the project

regarding proper maintenance of the industrial premises. 5. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve

the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 6. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 7. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be

adopted.

153


6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAME SCHEDULE In the proposed unit, the monitoring in respect of Air, Water and Noise will be done regularly and records of the same are maintained. The routine monitoring program as detailed in following Table 6.4 shall be implemented at site and study area. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permissions from CPCB/ MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.

Table 6.4 Yearly Monitoring Plan within Industrial Premises

Attribute Location Parameters Monitoring

Frequency Sampling Number

Conducted By

Air Emissions

Source emissions- 3 locations- Boiler-3stack, TFH- 2stack & D.G. Set-5Stack

SO2, SPM, NOx Monthly (3 nos. X12 Months)

36 Nos.

MoEFCC and NABL Approved External

Laboratory

AAQM - 2 locations Upwind & Downwind within the premises.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOX,CO,NH3 & VOC,HCL

Monthly or CPCB / SPCB requirement (2 locations X 12 months)

24 Nos.

WAQM in four manufacturing blocks

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, NH3 & VOC, HCl

Monthly or CPCB / SPCB requirement (4 locations X 12 months)

48 Nos.

Noise Workzone– Boilers, Production block (3Nos.) D.G. sets (5 Nos) Ambient – main gate, ETP area, parking, canteen

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn)

Monthly (10locations X 12 months)

120 Nos.

Effluents ETP- (Treated & Untreated) 2 Nos. of Samples

PH, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Chlorides, SO4, Oil & Grease. Other parameters as per recommended by Authority.

Monthly (2 samples X 12 months)

24 Nos.

Drinking Water

Aqua Guard Parameters as per drinking water Std. IS10500

Monthly (1 sample X 12 months)

12 Nos.

Waste management

Industrial Premises Records of Solid & Hazardous Waste Generation, Treatment & Disposal shall be maintained.

Quarterly -- By BAL

Emergency Preparedness such as fire fighting

Industrial Premises On site Emergency Plan, Evacuation Plan, fire fighting mock drills

Twice a year --

By BAL

Green Belt Plantation of Survival rate Quarterly / 9500Nos.

154


Attribute Location Parameters Monitoring Frequency

Sampling Number

Conducted By

indigenous trees in premises along compound wall, internal roads, etc.

Six Monthly through trained personnel.

Health Employees &migrantlabour health check ups

All relevant health checkup parameters (pre& post placement)

Yearly checkups

700 workers

Table 6.5 Yearly Environmental Monitoring Plan in Study area

Attribute Location Parameters Monitoring Frequency

Sampling Number

Conducted By

Air Emissions

AAQM - 8 locations within Study Area.Darfal, Pakni,kondi,karamba, Sawaleshwar,Gulvachigaon, Chincholikati,

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOC, CO, NH3, HCL

Six Monthly -CPCB/MPCB norms (5 locations X 2 months)

10 Nos.

MoEFCC and NABL Approved External

Laboratory

Water Quality

Ground Water (GW):Darfal , Sawaleshwar, Akolikati, Kondi, Pakni. Surface Water (SW): WirvadeRiver ,Pakni River

Comprehensive monitoring as per IS 10500

Six Monthly as per CPCB/MPCB norms (GW– 2 samples X 4& SW –4 samples X 2)

16 Nos.

Noise 8 Village -Chincholikati, Akolekati, Sawaleshwar, Darfal, Pakni, Near Sina river, Karamba

Leq(n),Leq(d), Leq (dn)

Quarterly

(5 locations X 4)

20 Nos.

Soil 9Locations :Site, Kegaon, Karamba, Ranmasle, Darfhal, Savleshwar, KondiChincholikati, Akolekati

Comprehensive monitoring as perNBSS and LUP

Six Monthly (5 samples X 2) 10 Nos.

CSR Study Area As per plan Six Monthly -- BY BAL

155


6.8 IMPLEMENTATIONSCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ASPECTS

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter-4 i.e. anticipated Environment & Mitigation measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed plant. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, the phased priority of implementation is given in below table.

Table 6.6Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr No

AttributeTime Period Implementation Schedule Immediate Progressive

1 Air Pollution Control Before commissioning

of the Plant

* ---- 2 Water Pollution Control * ---- 3 Noise Control * ---- 4 Solid Waste Management Stage wise ---- * 5 Green Belt Development

& Rainwater Harvesting. Stage wise * *

6 Ecological Aspects Stage wise ---- * 7 Socio - economic Aspects Stage wise ---- ----

Note:* indicates implementation priority.

156

Chapter 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATIONS The proposed project site is situated in Chincholi MIDC area. Hence, as per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No.S.O.1533 (E)” dated 14th September 2006; and amendment thereat, the proposed project does not requires conducting of public hearing. The EIA report has been complied by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the standard Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/189/2018-IA-II (I) dated on 9th August 2018 to BAL. 7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT The study of risk assessment report in respect of proposed project was done by Functional Area Expert (FAE) Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe. The proposed project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner, so that utmost care of safety norms and Environment Protection Act shall be taken care of. 7.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION REGARDING PROJECT BAL’s management has planned to go for establishment of Organic and speciality Chemicals manufacturing unit. It involves number of equipments like reactors, condensers and distillation columns. The process involves solvents like Mono Isopropyl ammine, Methyl isobutyl ketone, Diphenylamine, N-Butyl ThiphosphoricTriamide, Methyl amine, Ethyl amine and Di Methyl Carbonate. 7.4 OBJECTIVE OF THE RISK AND HAZARD ANALYSIS

1) Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals. 2) Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3) Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate

the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst-case scenarios. 4) Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the

minimum. 5) Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout and for effective

preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans. 6) Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan.

7.5 METHODOLOGY

A] Identify hazards based on • Processes description received based. • Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored. • Inventory of Hazardous chemicals • Proposed storage facilities for hazardous chemicals • Plant layout • Safety measures to be adopted by the company

157

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 B] Hazard Assessment • By Qualitative Risk Assessment • By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones

by using ALOHA.

C] Recommendations • Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above • Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan. 7.6 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 7.6.1 Risk Prone Areas

Based on classification of chemicals the hazard prone areas have been identified as follows-

• Reaction and separation Sections of production unit • Storage of chemicals in tanks or respective vessels A) QUALITATIVE RISK ANALYSIS

7.7 REACTION AND SEPARATION SECTIONS OF PRODUCTION UNIT

The reactions like condensation carried out in batch reactor, separation and recovery of solvents (used as reaction media), un-reacted component, neutralization, followed by separation and purification of the product. In the production plant, major hazards observed in the reaction section and separation sections. Major hazard in this section is of fire, explosion leading to toxic release.

1. Fire, and explosion 2. Toxic release 3. Exposure to hazardous chemicals

• Mitigation measure 1. It is imperative that all the safety instrumentations, alarms and interlocks will be

installed and all safety precautions in handling the flammable and explosive gases, class ‘A’ flammable solvents will be taken care off at the design and basic engineering and detailed equipment design stages.

2. The first and the foremost recommendation is carryout HAZOP studies for all the processes right from the storage of Raw materials to the product storage by the experts from the process and basic engineering supplier with active involvement from the production and maintenance staff from the company. This study should form an important part of basic engineering supply and process know- how.

3. There are number of catalysts used in the manufacture of the processes and the quantities are also on higher side. So it is important to have catalyst re-generation processes if available and also either buy-back arrangement with the catalyst supplier and or safe disposal procedure.

4. All processes will be fully automated and will be PLC based controlled.

• Major Hazard in Reactions

It is known that highly exothermic reactions and even mildly exothermic reactions can lead to the uncontrollable rise in temperatures and pressures in the reactors and ultimately to the

158

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 conditions of run-away reaction, (mostly in highly exothermic reactions and which use solvents as reaction media or and flammable and explosive chemicals) and this results in catastrophic explosion and fire. The major reason for occurrence of uncontrollable rise in temperature is accumulation of un- reacted reactants. This accumulation of un-reacted reactant has to be avoided at any cost.

• Mitigation Measures

For controlling exothermic reactions and to eliminate the possibility of uncontrolled reaction following safety measures will be adopted- 1. Setting up a Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for all critical operations, reactions and

separations. 2. Once the SOP and operating parameters have been finalized, strictly following it, 24X7,

particularly for batch operations without any change of procedure. 3. Must have in built system to check that the procedures (SOP) are not violated at any

time, and no short cuts are taken in batch processes. Manufacturing and production of APIs are in majority batch processes.

4. Provision of following alarm and interlock system (essential for highly exothermic reactions and alarms recommended for all exothermic reactions) Utility failure alarm Agitator failure alarm High temperature alarm Alarm for High rate of addition of limiting reactant which is added at controlled rate. Raw material (limiting reactant) addition rate should be controlled by flow control

loop. (FT, FIC, FCV). Controlling parameter being reactor temperature. FCV and/or On-Off valve should be interlocked with the reaction mass temperature

and agitator tripping. 7.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS

7.8.1. Hazard Identification There are number of Class A flammable solvents stored in form of Raw materials and also final products. Hence the major hazard will be fire and explosion which will have serious impact on environment damage, loss of property, life and injuries to personnel, in certain cases the impact may be felt outside the factory premises. Details of hazardous properties of Class A solvents stored as Products and Raw materials are given in Table 7.1.

159

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

Table No. 7.1 List of Products with Hazardous properties

Sr. No CHEMICAL NH NF NR FLASH POINT DEG C BP DEG C CLASS TWA IDLH ODOUR

1 Mono Iso Propyl Amine (MIPA) 2 3 0 MINUS 18 31 TO 35 A 5 PPM 750 PPM

2 MIBK 2 3 1 14 115 A 50 PPM 0.1 PPM

3 Di Phynel Amine (DPA) 3 1 0 153 320/ mp 53 10PPM 4 Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 2 3 0 11 82 A 22 PPM 5 Di-isopropyl ether (By-product) 1 3 1 MINUS 28 69 A 6 Propane By-product GAS STORED UNDER PRESSURE 1435 KPA AT 37 DEG C FLAMMABLE 7 N Butyl Thiophosphoric Triamide (NBPT) 8 Methyl Amine Plant 3 4 0 37.8 100 deg c B 5 PPM

9 Ethyl Amine Plant 3 4 0 MINUS 18 DEG C 100 DEG C

10 (DMC)Di Metyal Carbonate 2 3 0 18 90 A 11 Propylene Carbonate 0 1 0 99 188 241 12 Propylene Glycol 1 1 0 132 13 Choline Chloride 75 % solid Hygroscopic 14 Choline Chloride 60% 15 Choline Chloride 98% 16 Hydrogen 1 3 2

Propylene Glycol Storage: Hygroscopic. Keep container tightly closed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Do not store above 23°C (73.4°F).

160

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.8.2 The aim for RH analysis is

1. To identify the hazardous materials handled and stored at the plant site. Based on the

hazardous properties, conditions of storage. 2. Quantify the hazards in case of major fire, explosion or toxic release by visualization of

Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios. 3. Incorporate the results of QRA for safe layout of hazardous chemicals storage in tank

farm as well as in the warehouse and factory layout, in addition to the requirements of statutory rules and regulations.

4. Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/possibility of the accident to the minimum.

5. Incorporate all these measures to arrive at Safe Disaster Management Plan, On-site and Off-site Emergency preparedness plan, if there is any possibility of off-site emergency. For storage and handling of the potentially hazardous material also.

7.8.3 Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment Hazard analysis is the process of determining the release probabilities and quantities, emission or release rates, the routes/pathways by which the released substances could reach the receptors, the fate of the substances in environmental media through which they are transported or moved and the characteristics of the receptors at risk. Characterization of Hazardous Raw Materials For the manufacture of above products number of organic/inorganic chemicals are used. Out of these, hazardous raw chemicals have been characterized into

A. Flammable solvents B. Toxic and hazardous chemicals C. Other non-hazardous materials chemicals

The following solvents will be stored on site:

Table 7.2 List of Flammable solvents Stored in Warehouse

SR NO

CHEMICAL

Description

STORAGE

CLASS NO OF TANKS

CAPACITY CU M

TOTAL Cu M

1 ACETONE SOLVENT A 3 500 1500 2 METHANOL SOLVENT A 6 500 3000

3 ETHANOL SOLVENT A 6 500 300

4 N -BUTANOL SOLVENT A 2 300 600

161

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.8.4 Main Hazards in Storage of Chemicals

The main hazards from the storage of flammable liquids are fire and explosion, involving either the liquid or the vapour given off from it. Fires or explosions are likely to occur when liquid or vapour is released and comes into contact with a suitable ignition source, or alternatively, when a heat or fire source comes into contact with the container. A. Common causes or contributory factors of such incidents include 1. Lack of awareness of the properties of flammable liquids. 2. Operator error, due to lack of training. 3. Inadequate or poor storage facilities. 4. Hot work on or close to flammable liquid containers. 5. Inadequate design, installation or maintenance of equipment. 6. Decanting flammable liquids in unsuitable storage areas. 7. Exposure to heat from a nearby fire. 8. Dismantling or disposing of containers containing flammable liquids.

B. Combustion of liquids Combustion of liquids occurs when flammable vapours released from the surface of the liquid ignite. The extent of a fire or explosion hazard depends on the amount of flammable vapour given off from a liquid which is determined by: A) temperature of the liquid. B) The volatility of the liquid. C) How long the liquid is exposed for; and the air movement over the surface. Other physical properties of the liquid give additional information on how vapour/air mixtures may develop and also on the potential hazards. These physical properties include: flashpoint; auto-ignition temperature; viscosity; Lower explosion limit; and upper explosion limit. C. Effect of Flash Point

Generally, a liquid with a flashpoint below the ambient temperature of the surroundings will give off sufficient vapour to mix with the air and be ignited. The lower the flashpoint of a liquid, the higher the risk. • Mitigation Measures 1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have

Alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and must have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank.

2. The storage tank will be in open with dyke walls. 3. Dyke wall dimensions should be such that clear volume is at least 1.2 times the tank

capacity. 4. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum Rules. 5. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the requirements

of Petroleum rules. 6. Necessary approval from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained for the alcohol

storage and factory lay out.

162

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 D. Maintenance and modifications:

Many incidents involving flammable liquids occur during maintenance and repairs. The likelihood is increased if the work is done by staff or outside contractors who have little knowledge of the hazards associated with flammable liquids. You should only employ experienced contractors. A guide which gives sound practical advice for selecting and managing contractors should be used while employing a contractor.

• Mitigation Measures:

1. Hot work Permit:

It is absolutely essential to establish hot work permit system for any hot work to be carried out in the factory, especially in the areas which store flammable solvents of Class A. And this should be strictly followed for any hot work carried out. It is essential that no maintenance work is done until the potential hazards of the work have been clearly identified and assessed; the precautions needed have been specified in detail; the necessary safety equipment has been provided; and adequate and clear instruction has been given to all those concerned.

In most cases, a permit-to-work (PTW) system should be used to control maintenance operations 20 in areas where flammable liquids are stored or used. PTWs are formal management documents. They should only be issued by those with clearly assigned authority to do so, and the requirements stated in them must be complied with before the permit is issued and the work covered by it is undertaken. Individual PTWs need to relate to clearly defined individual pieces of work. PTWs should normally include: the location and nature of the work intended; identification of the hazards, including the residual hazards and those introduced by the work itself; the precautions necessary, for example, isolations; the personal protective equipment required; the proposed time and duration of the work; the limits of time for which the permit is valid; and the person in direct control of the work.

2. Information and training:

Adequate training and knowledge of the properties of flammable liquids are essential for their safe storage. You need to inform all staff on the site about the hazards of storing flammable liquids, and about the need to exclude sources of ignition and heat from the designated storage areas. Those responsible for the operation of the store also need to receive specific training in how to deal with spillages and leaks, and emergency procedures. Periodic retraining will normally be required. The training should include the following aspects:

1. The types of flammable liquid stored, their properties and hazards. 2. Use of protective clothing. 3. Housekeeping. 4. Reporting of faults and incidents, including minor leaks and spills. 5. Emergency procedures, including raising the alarm, calling the fire brigade and the

use of appropriate fire-fighting equipment.

• Major Mitigations Measures

1. Good Ventilation in the storage area. 2. No ignition source. To be stored in good containers. No spillage. Control of spillage. 3. Adequate separation from each other and other storage areas and process areas.

163

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.8.5 Storage of Toxic Chemicals

7.8.5.1 Storage of Ammonia under pressure:

Hazards and impact of Ammonia leak can be wide spread and likely to affect people outside the factory area. • PROPERTIES OF AMMONIA "Ammonia is a natural constituent of the atmosphere but exists in concentrations below the level which is hazardous to humans, animals, plants or materials. High concentrations of ammonia gas are corrosive to mucous membranes; can cause damage to the eye, throat and upper respiratory tract; and can produce residual damage and even death to humans and animals. High concentrations are also toxic to most plant life and have corrosive effects on materials.

Table 7.3 Health Hazards of Ammonia Concentration in Air Effect

20 µg/m (0.027 ppm)3

Average atmospheric background concentration.

30 - 36,000 µg/m3 (.04 - 50 ppm)

odour threshold.

1.44 mg/m3 (2.0 ppm) Max one hour conc. limit

A limit of 0.50 ppm may be desirable if a surrounding buffer is not possible.

18 mg/m3 (25 ppm)

Threshold limit value to which it is believed workers may be exposed continuously for 8 hours without adverse effects3

280 - 490 mg/m3 (390 - 680 ppm)

Concentration range where NH3 gas produces eye, nose and throat irritation and may injure respiratory mucous.

360 mg/m3 (500 ppm)

Suggested maximum short-term atmospheric concentration due to uncontrolled release of ammonia resulting from equipment failure, safety valves discharging or any other single release.

1,700 - 4,500 mg/m3 (2,360 - 6,250 ppm)

Concentration range in which NH3 acts as an asphyxiant. above 4,500 mg/m3 - fatal.

The flammable limits of ammonia are from 15% to 25% by volume in air; however, ammonia is difficult to ignite in spite of this. Gaseous ammonia will dissolve readily in water at a rate of approximately 700 volumes/volume of water. Melting point: -77.4°C Boiling point: -33.4°C Density: 0.677 g per c.c. * Due to the chilling effect of evaporation, ammonia vapour resulting from a large spill may move down-wind as a visible cloud some distance before dissipating or rising. • RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. The following separations should be maintained:

164


Table 7.4 Capacity of Tanks & Its Distances from Residential Buildings

Nominal Capacity of Tank

Min. Distance From Tank to Residential Buildings*

Feet

Liters Gallons Meters Feet over 2770 to 9090 500 to 2,000 75 250 over 9,090 to 90,900 2,000 to 20,000) 150 500 over 90,900 to 136,400 (20,000 to 30,000 230 750 over 454,600 Over 100,000 380 1250

* Isolated residences where occupant has an influence over the location of the tank (i.e. from whom land is bought or leased) are excluded. Two or more tanks - use capacity of largest tank. 2. If the recommended distances cannot be met, provisions for a high pressure water spray, which may be directed on any possible point of ammonia emissions to the atmosphere, should be included in the design. 3. Provisions should be included in the design such that displaced vapors from tanks are not emitted to the atmosphere during loading or unloading operations. Design operating details should be submitted. 4. Any hose used for loading or unloading should have a shut-off valve as close to the discharge point as possible. Any ammonia remaining in the liquid ammonia hose after transfer operations should be absorbed in water such that it is not discharged to the ground or atmosphere in an uncontrolled manner 5. The manner in which unauthorized personnel will be prevented from causing vandalistic emissions of ammonia; for example, fencing and locked gate. • PROHIBITIONS:

1. Purging of any tank which has contained or contains liquid ammonia such that ammonia-

containing gases are vented directly to the atmosphere is prohibited. Purging on-site may be approved if appropriate facilities are available.

Table 7.5 Vapour Concentration & Its General Effect

Vapour Concentration(ppm)

General Effect Exposure Period

(1) (2) (3) 1-5 Odour detectable by most

person Prolonged repeated exposure produces no injury

25 No adverse effect for average worker

Maximum allowable concentration for 8 hour working exposure

35 No adverse effect for erage worker

Exposure should not be longer than 15 minutes and should not occur more than four times per day

400 to 700 Nose and throat irritation Eye irritation with tearing

Infrequent short (1/2 hour) exposure ordinarily produces no serious effect

165


Vapour Concentration(ppm)

General Effect Exposure Period

(1) (2) (3) 2 000 to 3 000 Conculsive coughing Severe

eye irritation No permissible exposure. May be fatal after short exposure

5 000 to 10 000 Respirator spasm. Rapid asphyxia

No permissible exposure. Rapidly fatal

Liquid anhydrous ammonia produces skin burn on contact. i. ACGIH Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) – 35 ppm

NOTES:

1. ACGIH (TLV-TWA) – The TWA concentration for a conventional 8 h work day and 40 h work week, towhich it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day for lifetime withoutadverse effect.

2. ACGIH (TLV-STEL) indicates Short Term Exposure Limit. A 15 minutes TWA exposure that should notbe exceeded at any time during a work day, even if the 8 h TWA is within the TLV-TWA. Exposures abovethe TLV-TWA up to the TLV-STEL should be less than four times per day, and there should be at least 60minutes between successive exposures in this range.’

(2) Additionally, it is recommended to refer to the wide range of literature available on the bulk storage of Ammonia and precautions to be taken while storing Ammonia in bulk storages under pressure.

7.8.5.2 Ethylene Oxide Storage:

Following are the hazards and mitigation measures to be taken for the storage of Ethylene Oxide:

• Hazardous properties:NFPA RATINGS (SCALE 0-4): HEALTH=3 FIRE=4 REACTIVITY=3 MAJOR HEALTH HAZARDS: harmful if inhaled or swallowed, skin burns, eye burns, respiratory tract irritation, central nervous system depression, allergic reactions, cancer hazard (in humans) PHYSICAL HAZARDS: May explode when heated. Flammable gas. May cause flash fire

POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS: INHALATION:

1. SHORT TERM EXPOSURE: irritation, lack of sense of smell, tearing, nausea, vomiting,diarrhea, difficulty breathing, irregular heartbeat, headache, drowsiness, symptoms ofdrunkenness, disorientation, bluish skin color, lung congestion, lung damage, kidneydamage, paralysis, reproductive effects, convulsions

2. LONG TERM EXPOSURE: cancer

• Mitigation Measures:1. Precautions and measures to be taken with respect to instrumentations on storage tanks,

loading and unloading of Ethylene Oxide

166

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 2. The following minimum instrumentation should be provided on storage tanks:

1. Temperature monitoring and alarms. 2. Pressure monitoring and alarms. 3. Level monitoring and alarms.

3. Temperature monitoring and alarms

Each EO storage tank should be provided with at least two independent temperature measuring devices. One should be used for temperature indicating or recording and the other should provide a high temperature alarm. It is important that both devices are situated in the bottom of the tank so as to be always immersed in the liquid. In larger storage tanks, and particularly in vertical tanks, where mixing is difficult, temperature indicators and alarms may be installed at several levels so that stratification of the ethylene oxide can be detected. In addition to the provision of absolute temperature indications and alarms, consideration should be given to the provision of rate of temperature rise indication and alarms. These, together with the absolute temperature indications and alarms, will give early warning of possible polymerisation due to contamination.

4. Pressure monitoring and alarms

Two independent pressure measuring devices should be provided. One for pressure indicating and recording, and the other to provide both high and low pressure alarms. High and low pressure alarms will give a warning of problems associated with the inserting nitrogen supply system or pressure venting system. Condensation of EO vapour in DP cells, with the possibility of polymerisation of the condensed liquid, can be prevented by the use of double diaphragm type DP cells. 5. Level monitoring and alarms

Level measurement with high and low alarms should be provided. The high alarm serves to prevent overfilling and the low alarm to prevent damage to pumps which are used for pumping out tank contents. In general, level measurement devices should be of the float, displacer or differential pressure cell type and should be fitted internally to the tank. Other types, such as ultrasonic or radar echo sounders, are also possible, as are load cells; the latter should be selected to avoid or minimise flexible connections. Remote seals or double diaphragm types are recommended for DP cells to minimise the possibility of back-flow in the event of diaphragm failure. Stagnation of ethyleneoxide in dip legs should be avoided by filling the legs with an inert liquid or purging with nitrogen. It is recommended that the switches used to initiate level alarms and trips are of the point contact type, such as float or capacitance switches; it may be difficult to zero or span other types without a reference level. 6. Glass level gauges and sight glasses are not recommended.

7. Relief and vent systems Storage vessels which contain EO must be fitted with an adequate relief valve. If a spare relief valve is fitted, to allow maintenance of relief valves whilst the vessel remains on line, then interlocking facilities must be provided to ensure that one valve always protects the

167


vessel. Fire relief valves should be fitted in accordance with the recommendations made in the codes of practice relating to Liquified Petroleum Gases. Relief valves and vent systems should discharge to a safe location at a high point and at a high velocity to ensure good dispersion. If several vents are joined in a manifold together, before discharge through the common system to prevent diffusion of air back into the system. Piping arrangements between relief valves and vents and vent stacks should be such that liquid cannot accumulate at low points and continuous drainage facilities should be provided at vent stacks to prevent the accumulation of liquid. Relief valves should be fitted as close as possible to the vessel on to nozzles which allow free draining of any condensed liquid back into the storage vessel; this arrangement should prevent polymer build-up in the inlet to the relief valve. Bursting discs should not be used as the primary form of pressure relief because they could lead to an uncontrolled loss emission until the vessel is empty. They may, however, be used as a safeguard against polymerisation blockage in a relief valve or to prevent minor leakage through the valve, which creates an environmental problem, or could ignite in an electrical storm. If bursting discs are fitted, a pressure indicator should be fitted between the bursting disc and relief valve to indicate whether or not the bursting disc is intact. Care should be taken in the selection of bursting discs which are fitted below relief valves, since fragments from a failed bursting disc may prevent reseating of the relief valve. Venting of vapour from storage should be kept to a minimum. This may be achieved by split range control of the pressure with dead bands in the EO storage vessels and by pumped transfer with vapour balance between delivery vehicles and storage vessels. Any vapours that have to be vented may be scrubbed in a vent scrubber to remove EO. This operational vent should be quite separate from emergency vents. The fitting of flame arresters to EO vents is not recommended due to the risk of blockage by polymer. Fitting bursting discs below relief valves and inerting process vents is the preferred way of avoiding ignition in the vent.

8. Back Flow Protection

Many bulk storage installations are associated with plants which use catalysts to polymerise EO; this polymerisation can be extremely rapid with some catalytic materials, e.g. amines, and every effort must be made at the design stage to minimise the possibility of contaminating the bulk of the storage with catalysts. In addition, the consequences of such contamination occurring should be carefully considered and emergency procedures developed to deal with the consequences.

9. Unloading Systems

EO may be unloaded in two ways: a) By pressurisation of the transportation vehicle with an inert gas, e.g. nitrogen.b) By pumping from the transportation vehicle.The first option entails the venting of ethylene oxide containing nitrogen from the receiving vessel and thus has environmental consequences. The second option overcomes this drawback if a balance line is used to connect delivery and receiving vessels but requires the safeguarding systems. When using nitrogen to displace the EO, it should be ensured that the pressure of the nitrogen supply cannot exceed the set pressure of the relief device on the transportation vehicle. Separation distances from the offloading point to storage, boundary fence or other facilities, should ideally be at least 15 metres.

168

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 10. Gas detection and fixed fire fighting facilities

Since EO is susceptible to explosive decomposition when heated by a external fire, special precautions are necessary. Gas and fire detection in the neighbourhood of sources of possible leakage, such as pumps, unloading system and drainage points, should be considered. The gas detection network and fire detection system may sound an alarm but more rapid knock-down of vapours, dilution of leakage and control of fire will result if automatic operation of a water spray and deluge system is triggered by the gas detection system. Early application of water sprays also means that the water spray system itself is less likely to become damaged by the fire. Water spray systems should be provided with non-clogging nozzles and be designed to apply water at a density of 8-10 l/m2/min to storage vessels and associated pipe work, and at a density of 40 l/m2/min to pump areas. Supply of water should be sufficient to allow other mitigating actions to be taken before supplies are exhausted. The drainage in the EO handling area should be checked to ensure that it has the capacity to remove the large amount of water required to control a major leak or fire; insufficient capacity could result in the flooding of the area with flammable EO solutions which could hinder the control of the incident. 11. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES

FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: Severe fire hazard. The vapor is heavier than air. Vapors or gases may ignite at distant ignition sources and flash back. Vapor/air mixtures are explosive. EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Alcohol-resistant foam, carbon dioxide, regular dry chemical, water Large fires: Use alcohol-resistant foam or flood with fine water spray. FIRE FIGHTING: Let burn unless leak can be stopped immediately. Move container from fire area if it can be done without risk. Fight large fires from a protected location or safe distance. Stay away from the ends of tanks. For fires in cargo or storage area: Cool containers with water from unmanned hose holder or monitor nozzles until well after fire is out. If this is impossible then take the following precautions: Keep unnecessary people away, isolate hazard area and deny entry. Let the fire burn. Withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety device or any discoloration of tanks due to fire. For tank, rail car or tank truck, evacuation radius: 1600 meters (1 mile). Do not attempt to extinguish fire unless flow of material can be stopped first. Flood with fine water spray. Do not scatter spilled material with high-pressure water streams. Apply water from a protected location or from a safe distance. Cool containers with water spray until well after the fire is out. Avoid inhalation of material or combustion by-products. Stay upwind and keep out of low areas. Evacuate if fire gets out of control or containers are directly exposed to fire. Evacuation radius: 1600 meters (1 mile). Water may be ineffective. 7.8.6 Storage of flammable gases under pressure: Following gases which are highly flammable and explosive are to be stored at the factory site

1. Propylene 2. Propylene Oxide

169


3. Propane 4. Hydrogen

• Hazards: In case of leakage and in presence of ignition source, there will be fire and which may lead to explosion of BELVE type causing impact on large areas inside as well as may be outside the factory limits. • Mitigation measures:

Design, installation, operation, design of safety systems, fire fighting system and hydrant layout etc and maintenance of the entire storage loading/unloading and transfer facility for storage will be in line with and as per the details given in PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS REGULATORY BOARD NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 12th February 2016. Approval for the storage of for all these gases will be obtained as per the requirement of Petroleum and Explosive Act 2002 Important Safety Instrumented system as detailed of the above act is illustrated below: 1. Emergency Shutdown (ESD)

ii. Surge Relief iii. Alarm for hydrocarbon level in the tank iv. Thermal Safety Valve (TSV) or Thermal Relief Valve (TRV) v. Hydrocarbon detectors vi. High level and High-High level alarms for storage tanks and line balancing tank to be integrated with SCADA of pipeline control room.

2. Operation system interlock checking shall be carried out once in a year. Calibration, Maintenance and Inspection of Safety Instrumentation shall be carried out as per industry practice or recommendations of OEM or Statutory Authority requirements.

3. Testing of Pressure or Thermal Safety valves or Surge relief system shall be carried out once in a year and proper authenticated document shall be maintained.

4. Emergency Shut Down (ESD) systems shall be checked with actuation once in a year. 5. Fire Protection System

A. Ultra Violet or Infra Red or Other Flame detectors or Heat detectors or a combination of flame and heat detectors shall be installed in the pump shed to give automatic alarm and/ or shut down of the unit, isolation of the facilities in the event of occurrence of fire. The same may be coupled with suitable extinguishing system such as foam system for extinguishing the fire.

B. Smoke or multi sensor detectors shall be provided in control room, Motor Control Center (MCC) room and utility rooms, cable trenches etc. with provision of indication, alarm and annunciation.

C. Break glass type fire alarm system shall be installed at all strategic locations of the stations and shall be integrated to the Fire Alarm Panel in the control room and the same shall be extended to the marketing control room in delivery or terminal stations. Manual call point with talk back facilities shall be installed in the strategic locations of large size tank farm and to be hooked up with station fire alarm pane

D. Environmental friendly fire extinguishing system shall be considered for control rooms, switch gear and battery room, computer rooms of pump station, terminal station, delivery or tap off stations.

E. Fire water network with fire hydrants, long range monitors and fire water storage shall be provided at all stations except scrapper stations and sectionalizing valve stations.

F. Back Up Power for CP System

170


G. Wherever the availability of power supply from State Electricity Board to the CP system is not reliable suitable back up power (battery bank or Inverter or DG or Solar or TEG or Any other suitable) shall be provided so as to provide minimum 90% time power to CP system.

H. Safety Appliances I. Safety appliances provided against lightning, stray current interference from foreign

objects at pipeline crossings etc shall be maintained once in six months and updated records shall be maintained.

6. Identification: 1) Suitable signs shall be posted to serve as warnings in hazardous areas, high noise area

preferably with area segregation. 2) Classified and high voltage areas shall be adequately marked and isolated. 3) Caution signs shall be displayed indicating name of the operating company and,

where possible an emergency telephone contact. 7. Prevention of Accidental Ignition:

A. Smoking shall be prohibited in all areas of a pump station, terminal, or tank farm in which the possible leakage or presence of vapor constitutes a hazard of fire or explosion.

B. Flashlights or hand lanterns, when used, shall be of the approved type. C. Welding shall commence only after compliance of the safety precautions taken as

listed in the work D. Consideration should be given to the prevention of other means of accidental

ignition. 8. Display of Operating Instructions

The gist of operating instructions, emergency shutdown (ESD) procedure, ESD trip and pressure shall be displayed or made readily available in the respective control room and also near all important operating equipments. If a piping system is de-rated to a lower operating pressure in lieu of repair or replacement, the new MAOP shall be determined and displayed prominently at an appropriate place in the control rooms. 9. Training of Personnel

For the operation of the facility in a safe and appropriate manner, it is required that the operating and maintenance personnel shall suitably be trained every year on the following aspects:

i. Up-gradation of operating and maintenance skills ii. Up-dation of safety methods and procedures

iii. Technical Up-gradation in the field of operation or maintenance.

Table 7.6 List of Toxic Chemicals (In drums and Warehouse)

Sr. No

Name of the Chemical NH Value

Max Qty stored T/Month

Capacity of Container

Number of Containers

1. Di PhynelAmine 3 1050 200 2 2. N Butyl

ThiophosphoricTriamide (NBPT)

2 300 40 2

3. Choline Chloride 75 % 2 2100 200 2

171


Sr. No

Name of the Chemical NH Value

Max Qty stored T/Month

Capacity of Container

Number of Containers

4. Choline Chloride 60% 2 1500 25 Kg -- 5. Choline Chloride 98% 2 300 25 Kg --

Mitigation measures for storage of chemicals in warehouse

• Warehouse Design Warehouse for the storage of chemicals in drums of the area will be constructed. This will be constructed as per the IS code 3594 and other relevant standards Major points are from the code are given below:

1. Roadways around warehouse should be min 5 meters wide and compound gates min 4.5 m wide

2. Floor areas: WH should be divided to have max 750 sq m area by separating walls. Dimensions LXW not exceeding 40 meter

3. Floors should have 2 hrs fire resistance 4. Buildings used for storage of hazardous and extra-hazardous goods should be

preferably of single storied structure and in no case should exceed 2 stories in height 5. In no case should a storage building exceed 1S m in height 6. Floor Drainage The floors should be of watertight construction and Scuppersof not

less than 20 cm sq cross sectional area should be provided at no more than 6·0 m intervals or as required to take care of maximum water discharge from hydrant/sprinkler system.

7. External Drainage External drains of not less than 25 CM width and 30 Cm depth should be provided along the side of each building and so constructed that any flow of water from the building be directed to a suitable ground tank or reservoir or public drainage system in the vicinity not leading to a natural water source. No external drainage of warehouses storing hazardous goods should be connected to public drainage system which leads directly to a natural water source.

8. Every storage/warehouse building should have a minimum of two exit doorways, and at the rate of one exit doorway per every 30 m length of the external walls of the building

9. The means of exit as well as the exit ways, travel distances, etc, should be as per the guidelines given in IS 1641 : 1988 If used for storage of hazardous goods, it should conform to Type I of IS 1642 : 1989.

• Additional measures for improving Warehouse Safety

Measures for improvement in the design of warehouse: 1. Dividing warehouse into fire compartments, by suitably designed firewalls, to limit

the spread of fire. 2. Limiting the quantity of hazardous chemicals stored. 3. It is safe practice to store explosive, self igniting, oxidizing and organic peroxides

separately, preferably in different compartments. 4. Storage of chemicals should be planned by categorizing these based on their

hazardous properties, like toxicity, flammability, explosibility, for which MSDS needs to be critically studied.

172


5. Based on the above, proper segregation of materials should be achieved. 6. Installation of smoke, fire and toxic gas leak detectors. 7. It should be easily possible to reach and attend toxic chemical leakage. 8. There should be enough space, and pathways for easy approach and escape. 9. Having all flameproof fittings inside the warehouse.

7.8.7 Storage of other Hazardous Chemicals in tanks

Table 7.7 List of Flammable Chemicals in tanks

Sr. No

Chemical

Max. Storage At a Time

at Site (T/M)

No. of tanks Storage In

tanks

Size Capacity

(KL) 1 Mono Iso Propyl

Amine (MIPA) 1500 1 Over Ground 300

2 MIBK 3000 4 Over ground 800

3 IPA 4968 5 Overground 3000 4 Di-isopropyl ether 198 2 Over ground 40 5 Propane 966 3 Overground 276 6 Methyl amine plant 3600 3 Over ground 240 7 Ethyl amine plant 3000 2 Overground 200 8 Di methyl Carbonate

(DMC) 1656 4 Over ground 1200

9 Propylene Carbonate 432 2 Over ground 184 10 Propylene Glycol 1656 3 Over ground 900 11 Hydrogen 450 1 Over ground 25 12 Hydrochloric acid 191.1 4 Over ground 200 13 Acetone 5430 3 Over ground 1500 14 Ammonia 4448.4 4 Over ground 368 15 Aniline 1260 2 Over ground 100 16 Propylene 4800 2 Over ground 300 17 n-Butanol 360 2 Over ground 100 18 Methanol 7020 6 Over ground 3000 19 Ethanol 8430 6 Over ground 300 20 PO 1620 4 Over ground 368 21 CO2 1260 4 Over ground 200

7.8.8 Storage of Coal It is proposed to install and operate reeboilers of capacity 60 TPH each and two TFH of capacity 30LK/H eachusing imported coal

173

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.8.9 Mitigation Measures for Coal storage 1) Fire hydrant lines (self auto-mode fire fighting) will be laid around these areas. 2) No hot work will be permitted in this area without safety permit. 3) There will be no high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines over & near briquette and coal

storage. 4) All useful material will be stored far away from storage of coal area. 5) Proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility will be deployed. 6) Training will be arranged for all the staff in normal & emergency operating system. 7) Proper training will be imparted for creating awareness among workers about sudden coal

fire as an emergency action plan. This will be part of On-site-emergency plan.

7.8.10 Quantification of Hazards due to Storage of Hazardous Materials

Worst case scenarios for leakage / spillage of hazardous raw materials using ALOHA software are done. This is summarized in following table:

Table 7.8 Risk Assessment - Worst Case Scenarios and Mitigation Measures

No. Raw Material

Scenario of Spillage/Leaka

ge

Area of Spread Mitigation Measures

1 Methyl Butyl Ketone

Leak from hole in horizontal cylindrical tank

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 17 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Large Spill: Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

2 Propane Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank

Threat Modeled: Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 11 meters --- (12600 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Yellow: 19 meters --- (2100 ppm = 10% LEL)

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Large Spill: Toxic flammable liquid, insoluble or very slightly soluble in water. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

174


3 Chemical- Di Methyl Carbonate


Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec Orange: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal.

Large Spill: Corrosive liquid. Poisonous liquid. Stop leak if without risk. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilled material. Use water spray curtain to divert vapor drift. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Call for assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

4

Methyl Amine


Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from jet fire Red : 10 meters --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec) Orange: 10 meters --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec) Yellow: 17 meters --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

Small Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Large Spill: Absorb with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on the MSDS and with local authorities.

Appendix G may be referred for severity mapping done for hazardous chemicals.

Conclusions and Recommendations from QRA results

Many of the following mitigation/safety measures would be installed and are in place as plant is operational, the rest will be adopted –

1. QRA results of pool fire in case of both the cases, i.e. in the case of flammable solvents stored in the tank and flammable solvents stored in drums, The threat zones estimated for the radiation effects are within or less than 10 meters in all the scenarios considered. Because of less quantity stored.

2. However flame lengths estimated are in the range of 1.5 to 3 meters, which can cause escalate the fire situations because of heating of the nearest tank.

3. Automatic Sprinkler system will be provided to counter this effect. 4. Tanks will be placed within the well designed dyke wall of 6 m by 12 meters to contain

and recover the spillage. 5. QRA results for toxic chemicals indicate that the threat zones as estimated based on

PAC values and other recommended values, workers inside the warehouse and factory will be affected and on-site emergency plan will have to be put in action and if necessary also Off site emergency plan will have to be activated, if the leakage gets unnoticed for a long period of time like 30 to 45 minutes.

6. It is recommended to provide close watch on all the toxic chemicals stored for leak detection by the alert staff.

175

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7. Adequate training and retraining needs to be provided for the workers, including

contract workers. 8. Along with smoke detectors, adequate number of toxic gas leak detectors should be

installed inside the warehouse. 9. All manual handling of drums should be avoided. 10. Special and all recommended PPEs should be used while handling of toxic chemicals,

particularly suspect and confirmed carcinogenic chemicals. 11. Adequate spill kits in adequate quantities must be readily available inside the

warehouse and plant to deal effectively with spillages. 7.8.11 Electrical Hazard Electrocution incidents can be fatal, while non-fatal shocks can result in serious and permanent burn injuries to skin, internal tissues and damage to the heart depending on the length and severity of the shock. 1) Electric shocks from faulty electrical equipment may also lead to related injuries,

including falls from ladders, scaffolding or other elevated work platforms. Other injuries or illnesses may include muscle spasms, palpitations, nausea, vomiting, collapse and unconsciousness.

2) Those working with electricity may not be the only ones at risk. Poor electrical installation and faulty electrical appliances can lead to electric shock to others at or near the workplace.

3) Although we speak mainly of dynamic electricity (i.e. an electric current), static electricity, the accumulation of charge on a surface as a result of two surfaces rubbing together can also cause a static electric shock which can be painful but normally non-life threatening. The trouble with static electricity is if there is flammable or combustible liquids or gases that (depending on their flash point) ignite causing explosion or fire.

• Mitigation Measures:

1) Ensure only appropriately licensed or registered electricians carry out electrical work. 2) Switch off electricity where possible before working on equipment. 3) Ensure electrical equipment is in good working order (testing and tagging). 4) Use battery operated tools rather than mains power tools where possible. 5) Remove damaged, unsafe electrical equipment or cords from the workplace. 6) Ensure tag out and isolation procedures are in place and used. 7) Use residual current devices (or safety switches) with portable equipment (as per the

WHS Regulations) 8) Don't overload power sockets. Use power boards not double adaptors. 9) Meet electrical safety standards.

7.9 FIRE FIGHTING This will be designed and installed as per the international standard NFPA or OISD standards and or as the guidelines given in the Guidelines are also given in 7.8, 7.9, 7.10 to 7.14 of PETROLEUM AND NATURAL GAS REGULATORY BOARD NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 12th February 2016. 1. Fire fighting system will be designed and fire hydrant system will be laid all over the plant as per international /NFPA standards.

176

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 2. Factory layout showing the hydrant piping, location hydrant points etc will be prepared during detailed engineering. 3. Adequate water storage facility exclusively reserved for fire fighting will be constructed as required. 4. There are more detailed guidelines for the safe storage, loading and unloading of flammable gases under pressure for example HSG 176 publication of Health and Safety Executive 1998. Complete book is also available. 5. It is recommended to use these and other standard references for design, layout, installation of safety instrumentation, distances to be maintained in tank layout, distances of other facilities from the storage tank farm, fire fighting system design, hydrant piping layout etc. Case Study: Propylene Oxide: There is standard reference (Booklet by Dow International company) available for safe storage and handling, fire fighting giving complete details, this should be used in design and storage and handling of Propylene oxide. 7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER (OHC) The company will establish OHC as per the Factory act, Rule 73 clearly states the requirements, rules for pre-employment and regular medical check-up, trained man-power required to be employed in OHC, need for 24X7 Ambulance availability.

Since the workers will be dealing with hazardous and toxic chemicals following is suggested 1. It is clear that the parameters for periodic health check up for workers has to be based on

and decided on the hazardous chemicals handled in the process (Raw material, intermediates, solvents, products), their toxic properties and the extent to which shop floor workers, including contract labours, operators, officers are exposed to these chemicals. Detailed information on the groups of hazardous chemicals, chemicals included in the group, their use, target organs, (organs which are affected by the exposure to these chemicals) and corresponding medical tests to be carried out is available.

2. It is expected that the parameters based on such or similar tables, hazardous properties of chemicals (available in MSDS) have to be finalized by the OHC doctor in consultations with the safety officials of the company.

3. Frequency of periodic examinations will depend upon the exposure, TLV values, extent of these chemicals in air, based upon air monitoring.

4. Periodic medical examination, in comparison with pre medicalcheckup results will reveal the ill effects on the worker’s health. This will help early detection of the disease and the effect on organs tec. This will be used for suitable corrective action to prevent further deterioration. Suitable medical treatment will be initiated for the worker.

5. If air monitoring shows presence of hazardous chemicals more than TLV values, suitable action needs to be initiated immediately to improve process conditions/ pollution measures.

For less hazardous industries, same health parameters as per pre employment check up will be included in periodic medical checkup.

177

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 7.11 EHS Policy:

Company shall have clearly defined EHS policy and it will be known to all employees and will be properly displayed. The Company’s EHS policy, if needed will be modified and displayed and known to the employees must inform district officials and hospitals. 7.12 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN BAL will prepare On-site Emergency Plan based on the following guidelines, before the plant start-up. This can be made as per the following guidelines suggested below: On-site and Offsite emergency plan will be prepared as per the factory act and will be prepared as per Rule no. 12 of factory act (control of Industrial Major Accident Hazard Rules, 2003) as per the guidelines given in Schedule 6. Objectives of Onsite Emergency Plan will be: a) To control emergency situation arising out of possible hazards identified in the factory

fire, explosion, and toxic leakage. b) To identify all possible hazards, its consequence, areas affected. c) To estimate areas affected. d) Define actions to be taken in case of emergency. e) Identify persons responsible to take necessary actions to deal with situation. f) To localize emergency and if possible eliminate it. g) To avoid confusion, panic and handle the emergency in a planed manner. h) To minimize loss of life and property to the plant as well as to the neighborhood. i) To carry out rescue operations j) To treat injured persons and transfer to the nearest hospital for treatment. k) To restore normalcy.

• It will specify names of key personnel as 1. Chief Controller (Generally he is Factory Chief) 2. Incidence Controller (Generally he is plant in charge where emergency has occurred or

shift in charge after General Shift) 3. Under Chief Controller, three teams are formed

a. Rescue team b. Service team c. Welfare team

4. Liaison Officer The nature of responsibilities of these Key personal & Teams are clearly defined. Reporting chain of command will be clearly defined. Following documents will be required and will form essential part of the Onsite and offsite Emergency Plan 1. Factory layout showing location of all plants, location of hazardous storage, location of

Emergency control center. 2. Factory layout showing designated assembly areas 3. Block diagram of manufacturing processes. 4. List of hazardous chemicals stored. 5. MSDS of all hazardous chemicals 6. List of Anti dots 7. List of Key Factory personnel with contact numbers and addresses. 8. List of employees trained in fire fighting with contact numbers

178

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7 9. List of employees trained in first-aid and rescue operations 10. List of Telephone numbers and addresses of outside government and other agencies

mainly • Nearest Police station • Nearest Fire Brigade Station • Ambulance services • Nearest Government and other Hospitals • Blood Bank • MSEB • MPCB

1. Emergency Action Plan in case of all possible hazards identified. 2. Procedure for reporting emergency will be clearly defined. 3. Actions to be taken by personnel where emergency has occurred and 4. Actions to be taken by personnel at other location will be clearly defined. 5. Precautions/Actions to be taken after emergency will be clearly defined.

7.12.1 Training and Mock Drill It is absolutely necessary to train & carryout mock drills for success of emergency plan during actual emergency. Emergency procedures should be laid down clearly and convincingly to everyone on site, particularly the key personnel & essential workers. 7.13 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

This will be prepared after the preparation of On-site emergency Plan in co-ordination with industries round and local Government authorities.

179

Chapter 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

PROJECT BENEFITS…8

8.1 PROJECT BENEFITS Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. The project by BAL would help in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and would lead to sustainable development. Being a Socially Responsible Company BAL would contribute for the sustainable development of all the stakeholders around it. BAL are committed to implement the long term sustainable energy efficient and environmental friendly technologies with transparency and comply the best extent of statutory requirements.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE • The industry shall construct well-paved roads for easy access to the workers,

transportation of raw materials and products from the industry. • The industry shall adopt effective rain water harvesting system that will affect ground

water recharge which in turn shall improve the ground water table. • Plantation of trees in the industrial area and its surrounding shall help in improving the

aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.

8.3 IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

• The people residing in the nearby areas will be benefited from CSR activities to be

implemented by the project proponents such as assistance to educational facilities in the study area that will help in enhancing the literacy rate.

• The industry shall organize various campaigns regarding the medical and health check up for the workers/ labours and also for the local people. This will help promote concepts of good sanitation practice as well as health awareness among the people. Ambulance service will be made available for everyone.

• The industry will undertake implementation of amenities like street lights, school infrastructure, community sanitation, rainwater harvesting & waste management in the study area.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL In any industrial activity all three types i.e. skilled, semiskilled and unskilled people are required. Preference would be given for employment to local people based on qualification and requirement. 8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS BAL project have above mentioned benefits. Apart from this other tangible benefits which could result are mentioned below • After establishment of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of

economical growth through sustainable development, as there is a good demand of products in India as well as abroad. Out of the total products 50 % of the products will be exported.

• First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. • Insurance Policies for the workers will be made available. • Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development. • The ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.

180

Chapter 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

9.1 INTRODUCTION Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. The management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented by the project of BAL. The EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the Industry specific control measures, the proposed activities should adopt following guidelines

• Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process; • Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to

optimize the production cost of the industry. The recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For, proposed project will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. While implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. The EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and the anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment.

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) Environmental Cell consisting of Managing Director and departmental heads would be creating for efficient management of the environmental activities in the industry. A separate environmental cell to look after the Effluent Treatment Plant, monitor and control the environmental quality. This cell would comprise of following members

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell

Sr. No. Description Number of Working Person 1. Environmental Engineer 1 2. Environmental Chemist 2 3. Safety Officer 1 4. Operators and Supporting Staff 4 5. Laboratory Attendants 2 Total 10

181


Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Members of the Environmental Cell would be well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. The details of the same are given in Table 9.2. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. would be carried out in the laboratory to be established on site. Also, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accreditated laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

Table 9.2 Employment Criteria for Environment Cell

Sr. No.

Post Minimum Qualification Required Minimum Experience

1. Environmental Engineer

B.E. (Environment), M. Tech. (Environment), M.E. (Environment)

Atleast 5 years

2. Environmental Chemist

B.Sc. (Chemical), M.Sc. (Chemical), B. Tech. (Chemical) and M.Sc. (Environment)

Atleast 3 years

3. Safety Officer B.E. (Chemical/ Mechanical/ Fire/ Chemical Technology), M.E./ M.Tech. (Toxicology/Chemical Technology/ Industrial Safety/ Chemistry)

Atleast 3 years

Health and Safety Manager Reporting the Managing Director, Operational Risk Committee and the Board on matters regarding HSE performance, HSE Management System performance and the HSE risk position in the Industry

Managing Director Effective implementation of Management Plan

Factory Incharge Explaining all the activities within their units related to Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)

Environmental Engineer Providing technical advice on implementation of HSE Management Plan.

Environmental Chemist Collecting and analyzing the samples and developing remediation’s programs.

Safety Officer • To develop and implement occupational

health & safety policy, program & procedure • To increase health and safety awareness at

all levels within the organizations

182


9.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMNETAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan

9.4 RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The mitigation measures suggested for proposed unit in Chapter 4 would be implemented. This will reduce the impact on environment due to the proposed project. To facilitate easy implementation, the recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. The most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase.

9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations

Table 9.3 Summary of Recommendations

No Aspect Recommendations & Proposed Action 1. Water

Consumption As far as the water conservation is concerned, it has been suggested to the Project Proponents (PP) to make maximum use of the treated water The total water requirement for industrial activities is to the tune of 5056.18 M3/Day. Out of this, 4076.18M3/Day would be fresh water, 980M3/Day would be Recycled Process Water after Distillation.

2. Effluent Treatment

Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz. Stream – I (High COD & BOD; Low TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & BOD; High TDS). The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing. The total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No.

Environmental Policy

Planning • Environmental Aspects • Objectives & Targets • Environmental Management Plan

Implementation • Implementation of EMP in the plants • Document Control • Operational Control • Emergency Preparedness

/Response

Checking / Corrective Action • Monitoring & Measurement • Non-conformance & Corrective &

Preventive Action • Records • EMS Audits

Management Review

• Preparing Environmental Plan and Policy

183


No Aspect Recommendations & Proposed Action 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. The salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). The R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. The RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II evporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF. The domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be 45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity and effluent will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets. In light of scenarios for accidental discharge of effluent into nallah, a separate guard tank would be provided on site for collecting the polluted nallah water. If this accidental discharge takes place then the production would be immediately stopped and the ETP would be used for treating the contaminated collected water. Also, the contaminated soil would be scrapped and forwarded to CHWTSDF if the effluent is accidentally discharged on land.

3. Air Pollution Control Measures

Air pollution control measures involve installation of all necessary control equipment by BAL. Under proposed project the boiler and process emission shall be curtailed by installing ESP and MDC. Also, Six scrubbers shall be provided.

4. Noise Control Measures

1. Provision and use of earmuffs in high noise area. 2. Providing separate sitting and control room for workers. 3. Changing of shifts and exposure time to high noise area would

be reduced. 5. Solid &

Hazardous Waste Management

1. Proper arrangements and planning of sale of the solid waste, of industrial unit.

2. Ash shall be stored in silo and shall be transported to disposal site through covered vehicles.

184


No Aspect Recommendations & Proposed Action 6. Ecological

Preservation and Up Gradation

1. The industry in the region being located in the traditional habitat past habitat of GIB, every care needs to be taken to conserve one of the rarest and endangered bird in the world.

2. The region is water scarce so due care should be taken to avoid over extraction of water from local water resources for industrial purpose.

3. There are irrigation tanks at Pakani and Darfal. These lakes have potential of sustaining large number of faunal species, particularly birds residential as well migratory. Therefore in order to save the critical aquatic ecosystems in this arid region, the water bodies should be protected from any form of pollution, particularly industrial pollution.

4. Special care would be taken during any tree plantation, because the original habitat being grasslands and scrub, it would be destroyed by unnecessary plantations. When necessary, only indigenous tree species like Acacia, Jamun, Palas, Neem etc. to be planted.

5. Due disposal of fly ash at industry site is must, otherwise it would harm soil quality of nearby agriculture fields, besides having negative impact on wildlife.

6. Opinion of local people, about their livelihood and local ecology, needs to be taken into consideration at various stages of industry establishment.

7. The water bodies and GIB sanctuary are good educational sites for local schools. Nature trails would be planned at these lakes under industry’s CER activity.

8. All developmental activities in and around the industries would be essentially eco-friendly and sustainable for long term mutual benefits.

7. Improvement of Socio-Economic Aspects

1. The proposed activity shall generate primary and secondary employment in the region.

2. Programs related to health, hygiene and education will be arranged and workshops as well as seminars would be conducted in nearby localities so as to create public awareness

3. Active participation shall be done in the Programs and promotional activities proposed by Govt. such as - Swatch Bharta Abhiyan, Save the Girl Child, Polio Eradication, Improved Farming & Water Conservator through Sustainable Development Practices

8. CER & green belt development

1. The original grassland habitats in the vicinity to be preserved in pristine condition and conserved by involving locals through nature conservation awareness and action programs.

2. The industry, by involving workers and locals, should demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in the villages in the vicinity. Such as water harvesting, co-toilets, organic farming etc.

3. Environmental pollution control measures should be strictly implemented by the industry.

185


No Aspect Recommendations & Proposed Action 4. No land other than MIDC should be compromised for activities

namely industrialization, exotic tree plantation, agriculture etc. for long term protection and conservation of Great Indian Bustard and the grassland habitat.

5. The industry should try to get ‘Green Label’ for efforts in conserving globally threatened GIB in their backyard. With the help of locals, MIDC and the government as a role model to others.

6. Various training programs shall also be arranged for awareness among the local populace. Rs 27.12 Lakhs have been allocated towards CER activity

7. Green belt for ecological purpose: a. Strong and effective efforts should be taken by the respective

industries to develop proper ‘green belt’, of only local tree species as per existing government regulation, and maintain them from the very beginning.

b. As per the government rule (Standard TOR) 33% of the total plot area should be under green belt.

c. Trees all around the plot to be considered. That includes fencing, avenue and block plantation (to exclude lawns and ornamental gardens).

d. It is expected that trees (4 to 5 years growth) in healthy condition should be acquired at the beginning of the industry, as the negative environmental impacts starts from day one.

e. In ideal case the plantation to be undertaken alongwith erection of plant and sizeable plantation should be ready at the inauguration of the plant.

f. Green belt is to be maintained and supervised by responsible, full charge and qualified officer (Environmental Science / Agriculture).

All the recommendations are to be implemented so as to improve the environmental condition as a whole.

9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES

Air pollution control equipment would be installed and ready for commissioning along with the industry. Noise control measures along with the earplugs and muffs would be kept ready for immediate supply to the workers. Tree plantation and green belt development would commence as soon as the land is taken in possession. This activity can be extended stage wise even after commissioning of the unit.

Table 9.4 Implementation schedule

Sr. No

Recommendations Time Period Implementation Schedule Immediate Progressive As per Time

Schedule of Proposed Unit

1. Air Pollution Control (Boiler Stack)

Before commissioning of the industry

* - -

186


Sr. No

Recommendations Time Period Implementation Schedule Immediate Progressive As per Time

Schedule of Proposed Unit

2. Water Pollution Control (Execution of ETP)


* - -

3. Noise Control (Green belt augmentation as well as isolation & Insulation)


* - -

4. Ecological aspects (Green belt augmentation)

Stage wise * * -

5. Solid waste Management

Stage Wise - * -

6. Socio-economic aspects (Corporate Social Responsibility)

Stage wise - - *

Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations

9.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE COMPLIANCE

After commissioning of the project, regular monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis. Refer Chapter 6 for details w.r.t Post Monitoring Program to be conducted. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010

Table 9.5 Compliance against the Consent Condition

No. Description Frequency Remark 1. Renewal of

Consent Once in a

year Application for renewal shall be done 60 days before the expiry date.

2. Environmental Statement

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th September of next year.

3. Hazardous Waste Returns

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th June of next year.

4. Cess Returns Monthly Twelve Returns would be submitted every year. 9.6.1 Monitoring Equipment Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments 1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb

Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 gms detection levels.

187


5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven

Water and Waste Water Quality 1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box 9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares

Noise Levels Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options

Soil Characteristics

Soil samplers (auger) to collect soil samples.

9.7 COMPLIANCE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE CREP GUIDELINES

Following activities would be undertaken by BAL under proposed unit towards CREP norms- 1. Effluent Segregation in two streams

• Stream I (High COD & High TDS Effluent) • Stream II (Low COD & Low TDS Effluent)

2. Installation of MEE for Zero Discharge of effluent. 3. Proper infrastructure for handling and storage of hazardous waste. As per nature it would

be forwarded to CHWTSDF / Authorized Re-processor. 4. For control of air pollutants APC Equipment will be provided. To control the process

emissions scrubbers to be provided. 5. Post project implementation: Environmental Monitoring & Environmental Auditing to be

carried out regularly. 6. Environment Management Cell and Certification System

9.7.1 Other Compliance.

The ‘Great Indian Bustard (GIB)’ Sanctuary is located at a distance of 3.3 Km from the BAL’s plot. The ESZ for GIB sanctuary has not yet been finalized. Therefore, according to Hon. Supreme Court directions, in absence of finalized ESZ or for a period till the ESZ gets finalized, a distance of 10 Km from the boundary of PA would be treated as ESZ. Under such circumstances, as per the provisions in MoEFCC Notification dated 14.09.2006, any project in Cat. B coming in ESZ of a PA would be treated as Cat. A to be considered at MoEFCC; New Delhi level for grant of EC. Also standard TORs issued by MoEFCC on 9th August 2018, BAL has submitted its application for wildlife clearance on 21.09.2018.

188

Chapter 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION...10

10.1 INTRODUCTION

This EIA report has been prepared for proposed project byM/s. Balaji Amines Ltd. (BAL) (Unit-IV), Plot No. F-104, Chincholi MIDC, Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra.The company has taken into consideration the need to meet the demands of the international market, the proponents of the industry have planned to go for establishment of manufacturing of proposed Organic Chemicals manufacturing plant. Total capital investment towards proposed Organic Chemicals manufacturing plant is Rs. 400 Corers. 10.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 10.1 Project at a Glance

No. Particulars Details 1. Name and Address of the Industry M/s. Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit-IV) ,

Plot No. F-104, Chincholi MIDC,Tal.: Mohol, Dist.: Solapur, Maharashtra

2 Land acquired for the plant 359998.06Sq. M. (36Ha) 3 Elevation 476 Meter above sea level 4 Nearest habitation Chincholikati (700 M) 5 Nearest city Solapur (15 Km) 6 Nearest highway NH-9 (2.50 Km) 7 Nearest railway track Pakani Railway station(5.45 Km) 8 Nearest airport Solapur Airport (21 Km) 9 Nearest tourist places Old Temple of Sri Siddeshwar 10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Archaeological important place Old Fort (15.35 Km) 12 Ecological sensitive zones Entire MIDC area wherein site is located does

not come in Eco-sensitive Zone of Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary. The site is located at 1.345 Km from boundary and 1.344 Km from proposed Eco-Sensitive Zone (ESZ) of project boundary site. The declaration of Eco-Sensitive Zone is under process at Standing Committee of Wild Life of NBWL, New Delhi.

13 Reserved / Protected forest / National Parks / Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)

Great Indian Bustard Bird Sanctuary is located at 3.30 Km from project boundary site.

14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

River Sina flows at a distance of 6 Km towards the South West Direction.

10.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 10.3.1. Products and By-products The details of products and by-products that would be manufactured under proposed project are presented in the following table:

189


Table 10.2 List of Products

Sr. No Product name Quantity

(TPD) Uses

1. Mono Iso Propyl Amine (MIPA) 50 As regulating agent for plastics, an additive in the petroleum industry, intermediate in organic synthesis.

2. MIBK 100 High-solids coatings, automotive and textile coatings, Acrylic and vinyl-acrylic resins for adhesives, Extraction solvent for antibiotics and other pharmaceuticals, Nitrocellulose lacquers

3. Di Phynel Amine (DPA) 35 Plant growth regulator 4. N Butyl Thiophosphoric Triamide

NBPT 10 Agricultural chemicals

(non-pesticidal),A urease inhibitor 5. Iso Propyl Alcohol (IPA) 165.6 Used as a solvent, usually as a cleaner 6. Di-isopropyl ether 6.6 Food Additives: Extraction Solvent

Fuel additive 7. Propane 32.2 Heating, Home Appliances 8. Di Methyl Carbonate (DMC) 55.2 Used as reactive intermediate, in paints

and coatings, fuel additive. 9. Propylene Carbonate 14.4 Used as a polar, aprotic solvent 10. Propylene Glycol 55.2 Food, Medicine 11. Methyl Amines 120 Industry use- Intermediates 12. Choline Chloride 75 % 70 Nutritional additive in chicken feed,

Dog and Cat Food Human nutritional supplements

13. Choline Chloride 60% 50 14. Choline Chloride 98% 10 15. Ethyl Amines 100 Food additives -> Flavoring Agents

Dyes, Pharmaceuticals, Surfactants, Herbicides, Rubber vulcanization accelerator and Ion exchange resins

16. Hydrogen 15 Used as a Fuel, Industrial applications such as re-ning, treating metals, and food processing.

Total 889.2 1. Captive Power Plant (CPP) 5

MWH X 2 10 MWH Power Generation

• By Products 1. Hydrochloric acid 6.37 For Manufacturing Glue, Purify

Common Salt, Preparation of Glucose and Chlorides, For Bleaching in Textile Industry

2. Spent Caustic Solution (20%) (SCS) 2.4 -- 3. 2,6 Dimetyal-4-Hptanone 1.2 -- 4. Higher Boiler. 1.5 --

Total 11.47

190

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aprotic


10.3.2. Raw Material

Table 10.3 List of Raw Materials

Sr. No. Raw Material Quantity (Ton/Day) 1 Acetone 181 2 Ammonia 27 3 Hydrogen 4.9 4 Aniline 42 5 Propylene 160 6 Water 70 7 Catalyst 0.17 8 Thiophosphoryl trichloride 13 9 n-Butanol 12 Total 510.07

10.4 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES, FLOW CHARTS CHEMICAL REACTION

AND MASS BALANCE OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS Refer Appendix F for manufacturing process and mass balance of proposed products. 10.5 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 10.5.1 Water Pollution Effluent generated from proposed activities would be segregated in two different streams, viz. Stream – I (High COD &High TDS) and Stream – II (Low COD & Low TDS). The details w.r.t effluents considered under Stream – I and Stream – II are as follows - The Stream I effluent generated would be to the tune of 278.93M3 / Day. Same comprise of effluent from manufacturing operations viz. process effluent and washing.The total Stream-I effluent of 278.93M3/Day shall be evaporated in Evaporator thereby achieving ‘Zero Discharge’. The condensate from evaporator shall be treated in Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU). The Stream – I condensate from CPU shall be used in cooling make up. Stream - II shall comprise of cooling blow downs, boiler blow downs and regeneration from DM. As reflected in above Table No. 2.14, the Stream-II effluent generated from proposed activities shall be to the tune of 740 M3/Day. The DM water regeneration water @ 50 M3/Day shall be neutralized and the supernatant shall be forwarded to Evaporator. The salts left over after evaporation would be bagged for dispatch to ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF). The R.O. reject, cooling blow down and boiler blow down @ 690 CMD shall be treated in RO pretreatment tank. The RO reject shall be forwarded to evaporator and the permeate shall be used for cooling tower make up. The Stream-II evaporator condensate shall be used in cooling make up and the salts leftover would be disposed off to CHWTSDF. The domestic effluent from proposed activities of BAL would be45M3/Day. The same would be treated in proposedSewage Treatment Plant (STP) with 50 M3/Day capacity andeffluent

191


will treated in Screen Chamber, Oil & grease chamber, Equalization tank, MBBR, Tube Settler, Filter Feed tank, Clear water tank, and sludge holding tank. Treated water shall be reused for flushing in toilets. 10.5.2 Air Pollution The causes leading to air pollution from proposed BAL project may include - (1) Point source emissions (like fuel burning and manufacturing operations) from stacks, vents of laboratory hood, distillation unit, reactor, storage tank, material loading / unloading operations including tankers, vessels and trucks. (2) Fugitive emissions from pumps, valves, flanges, sample collection, mechanical seals, relief devices, tanks etc. (3) Secondary emissions from waste and wastewater treatment units, cooling tower, process sewer, sump, spill and leak prone areas. Coal, HSD would be used as fuel for boilers installed in proposed unit. Five D. G. set of 2000 KVA each, which will install proposed unit. It will be used only during power failure. 10.5.3 Noise Pollution

• The source of noise generation would be the Boiler, Reactors, Compressors, and D.G. Set

etc. • Major source of noise generation would be the Boiler house. Insulation helps in limiting

noise levels. The workers entering inside the plant are protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of 30 dB (A).

• D.G. Sets shall be enclosed in a separate canopy to reduce the noise levels. • Green belt would be developed to attenuate the noise levels. 10.5.4 Solid Waste

Table 10.4List of Solid Wastes

Sr. No.

Type of waste Quantity & UOM Storage Disposal

1. Wood Pallets 6.0 M.T/Yr Silo-0.5 MT By Sale

2. Scrap Material 50 M.T /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 3. Carboys Plastic 2000 Nos. /Yr Scrap Yard By Sale 4. Office Paper waste 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale

5. Woven Sack Bag (HDFE) 2.0 MT/Yr -- By Sale

6. Drums 3000 Nos. /Yr Yard By Sale

7. Coal Ash 95 MT/Day Silo-100

MT Sold to brick



9. Plastic Waste 500 nos./Year Yard SALE

192


10.5.5 Hazardous Waste

Table 10.5 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr. No.

Cat. No.

Type of Waste Qty/ UOM

Storage Disposal

1. 35.3 ETP Sludge

16 MT/M



Waste Storage yard in the



on site.

CHWTSDSF


3. 33.1 Drums cleaning, Chemical containing residue from decontamination &disposal

CHWTSDSF

4. 20.3

Distillation Residue

0.5 MT/D

CHWTSDSF/ Incineration in

Factory/ Authorized

co-processor

5. 36.2 Filters &filter material which have organic liquids in them

0.9 MT/Y CHWTSDSF

6. 26.5 Spent Catalyst/resins 108

MT/Y

Sale to authorized party Or CHWTSDF


The entire quantity of hazardous waste is handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010. 10.5.6 Odour Pollution

• There are different odour sources in the industry. The raw materials & product storage

places, process operations, loading / unloading sections etc. could give rise to smell nuisance. To abate the same, the industry would be taken following steps and actions-

• All the feed, loading & unloading pumps for products and raw materials would be fitted with mechanical seals instead of glands to reduce leakages.

• Adoption of Good management practices (GMPs). • Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. • Provision and use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour prone areas. • Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control odour from work zone areas. 10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following: • State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts

193


The project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. 10.7 CONCLUSION The proposed project of M/s. Balaji Amines Ltd. (BAL) (Unit-IV), will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living in the region. The proposed project activity would not disturb the land use pattern in the study region of 10 Km. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project as project established in to MIDC Chincholi. There is a good demand of products manufactured from the proposed unit as out of the total Production 50 % of the products manufactured will be exported. The proposed project is further beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.

194

Chapter 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS …11

11.1 THE ORGANIZATION

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major company under the 'Equinox Group' (EG). It is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders all the environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries. EG companies offer services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, health & Hygiene. EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2015 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI – NABET for the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ at the National Level. EG group is in environmental business since 1997 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur, New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. Moreover, the organization is having back up of a most modern laboratory infrastructure. The NABL accredited lab, also approved by Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi has received certifications namely ISO/ IEC – 17025:2005.

The 'Equinox Group' have rendered services as well as expert consultation to a number of industries such as sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, Organic and Speciality Chemicals manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries etc.

11.2 TECHNICAL KEY PERSONNEL

1. Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare(Chairman& MD)Ph.D., ME (Environmental by Research), BE (Env.) AMIE (India), MISWA (Austria),MIWA (UK), Chartered Engineer.EIA Co-ordinator: (Sectors- Thermal Power Plants, Metallurgical Industries, SyntheticOrganic Chemicals, Distilleries, Sugar Industries)Functional Area Expert (Cat. A - AP, WP, SHW)30 years' all-round experience in Environmental and Civil Engineering consultationservices, civil construction & erection activities (cast in situ; prefabricated & pre-stressed).Doctoral research - ‘Study on Optimization of Surface Aerobic Bio-composting (SABC)Process in the Distillery Wastewater Management.’ Patents for the research findings havebeen applied for.Master's degree program research – 'Engineering Aspects in the Treatment of Spent washby using Aquatic treatment System (ATS)'.Worked on four research projects funded by MoEFCC, MNES and MEDA thatcontemplated - innovative wastewater techniques and treatments (ATS), conservation ofresources, non-conventional energy recovery & utilization (pressmud, night soil,vegetable wastes, poultry wastes, slaughter house wastes), environmental value additionthrough by-product processing to gain energy / clean fuel, rural sanitation and hygieneetc.Involved in - preparation of DPRs for Lake Conservation projects (worth Rs. 315 Cr.) andtheir implementation, assignments of procuring Environmental Clearance, renderingservices under pollution control and environmental management.

195


2. Ms. SulakshnaAyarekar(Joint MD & In-charge -Projects) M.Sc. (Env. Science), PGDEM & ISO 14000/14001, PG. DIP. Industrial Water & Waste Water Treatment) EIA Co-ordinator (Sectors - Asbestos milling and asbestos based products, Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Distilleries) Functional Area Expert (EB) 12 years’ experience in assignments of – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, environmental monitoring & measurement.

3. Mr. Yuvraj N. Damugade(Executive Director & Sr. Env. Engineer) BE (Env.) Functional Area Expert (ISW, AP, AQ) 13 years’ experience in - designing of ETP, STP, water treatment system, EIA studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, DPRs for lake conservation projects and their implementation.

4. Mr. Jaydeep S. Patil (Dy. Engineer)

BE (Env.), DCE Functional Area Expert (WP) 10 years’ experience in - environmental engineering and management, ETPs; STPs; WTPs, Technical and administrative expertise in the DPRs on lake and river conservation projects under NRCD (NLCP, SLCP) and their implementation, project monitoring and performance evaluation.

5. Dr. Rohan J. Lad (Dy. Head- Projects)

Ph.D., M.Sc. (Env. Science), B.Sc. (Chem.), PG Dip (Industrial Safety, Health & Environment) Functional Area Expert (EB) 5 years' experience during doctoral research - Studies on the Impact of Mining Activities on Environment in Kolhapur District. Seven years’ experience in air quality & noise monitoring, Four research papers published in impact factor international & national journals.

6. Prof. (Dr.) Jay S. Samant(Tech. Director -EB)

Ph.D. Zoology (Ecology), M.Sc. Zoology (Marine Biology), B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology 50 Years' all-round experience in Research, Admin, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.), Guide for 38 Research Scholars. Member of National and International Committees / Organizations - Wetland International Asia (WISA), Ex Member SEAC Committee Maharashtra, Ex Director BNHS, Founder & Ex Head Environmental Science Department; Shivaji University; Kolhapur, High Level Monitoring Committee (HLMC) on Mahabaleshwar - Panchgani Eco-sensitive Zone; MoEFCC; Govt. of India, Governing Council; Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON); A Research Centre of Excellence under MoEFCC, UGC's CAS Program to the Dept. of Zoology; University of Rajasthan, Steering & Monitoring Committee; Indian Institute of Science Education and Research (IISER); Pune, Maharashtra State Bio-Diversity Board, (MSBB); Govt. of Maharashtra, World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA); (IUCN) Switzerland, Founder Secretary; World Wildlife Fund (WWF) India - Kolhapur Division (Maharashtra), Coordinator- NAAC Peer Committee; UGC, Bird Hazards Research Group; AR&DB;

196


Ministry of Defence; Govt. of India, Steering Group for Biodiversity Conservation Prioritization Project India funded by BCPP; WWF; USAID and UNDP, IXth Five Year Plan Committee on Forest and Wildlife; MoEFCC, National Geographic Society; Washington; USA, International Society for Tropical Ecology; Selection Committees for senior scientists in Wildlife Institute of India (WII); MoEFCC & DST and for position of Professor in Universities.

7. Dr. Anuradha J. Samant(Tech. Director -SE) Ph.D. (Sociology), MA (Sociology), BA (Education, Sociology, Psychology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.) Guide for 20 Research Scholars. Member of National Committees / Organizations - National initiative “Save the Western Ghats March” (A pioneering environmental movement in peninsular India), IWSA (Indian Women Scientist Association); An NGO -DEVRAAI (Development Research, Awareness & Action Institute), VanitaSanskrutiSanstha, Peoples Regional Protection Movement SESA (Sahyadri Ecologically Sensitive Area); Maharashtra, Goa and Karnataka, Maharashtra State representative of PCRA (Petroleum Conservation & Research Association), Conducted 88 workshops for teachers; women and youth in Maharashtra.

8. Dr. Jaysingh B. Ghugare(Tech. Director -SC)

Ph.D.(Horticulture), M.Sc., B.Sc. (Agri.) 45 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Administration, Ex-Director Horticulture Department; Govt. of Maharashtra. Active involvement in development of select fruit species of commercial importance (grapes, mangoes, coconut etc.), expertise in soil science.

9. Dr. Jotiram B. Pishte(Emp. Expert – HG;GEO)

Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Geology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin., Principal Gopal Krishna Gokhale College; Kolhapur, Special expertise in geology and hydrogeology.

10. Prof. Jayant M. Gadgil(Emp. Expert -AQ)

ME (Env. Engg.), BE (Civil Engg.), DCE 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching in Engineering Colleges, Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Air Pollution Control & Air Quality Modeling Studies and Research.

11. Asso. Prof. Sunil S. Shaha(Emp. Expert - WP)

ME, BE (Env. Engg.), DCE 25 Years' experience in Teaching, Project Management Consultancy through KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur and Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Water Pollution Control; Solid as well as Hazardous Wastes Management.

12. Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula(Emp. Expert - LULC, NV & SHW)

M.Sc. (Geo-info Science for Environmental Modelling and Management), BE (Civil Engg.), PG Dip in Industrial Pollution Prevention and Control. 8 Years' experience in the areas of EIA, 3D noise mapping & modeling, Land use and land cover mapping, Remote sensing processing, GIS mapping and Ground vibration studies.

197


13. Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudhhe(Emp. Expert -RH)

ME (Chem. Engg.), B.Tech. 41 Years' experience in the area of risk assessment & hazard management, Team member – Vardharajan Committee set up by Govt. of India to investigate MIC gas leak tragedy UCIL Bhopal.

14. Mr. B. S. Lole(Emp. Expert - SC) M.Sc. (Agri.) B.Sc. (Agri.) 46 Years' experience in the area of Research & Study in Soil survey and soil conservation, Research & Teaching for R. S. & GIS in SAC, ISRO, Ahmedabad

15. Ms. Sai Mohite(Associate FAE - WP) M.Sc. (Env. Sc.), B.Sc. (Ind. Microbiology) 3 Years' experience in subordinate capacity in - coordinating EIA studies, preparation of EIA reports, environmental monitoring, environmental management and pollution control.

16. Mr. Neeraj Powar(Associate FAE - SE) M.S.W. (URCD), B.A. 3 Years' experience in the field of socio-economic studies, rural-urban community development.

17. Ms. Dipali S. Ingale( Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO) M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.

18. Mr. Vaibhav V. Survase(Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO)

M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.

198


11.3 SERVICES OFFERED

1) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies, EIA Report preparation, conducting

public hearing and procurement of Environmental Clearance (EC) from Government of

India (MoEFCC) & State Governments.

2) Consultation on - compliance of EC conditions, SPCB Consent conditions, Post EC

certification assignments.

3) Environmental Management Services - SPCB Consents, Env. Auditing, Water Cess&

Hazardous Wastes Returns, Effluent & Emission Monitoring, Performance Evaluation

and O & M of Waste Treatment Facilities, Up-gradation of Treatment Systems,

Technical & Legal Consultation.

4) ETPs, STPs, WTPs & APC Equipment (Planning, Designing, Erection, Commissioning

& Turnkey Projects)

5) Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management services

6) Planning, designing and implementation of green belt development as well as rain water

harvesting system.

7) Procurement of Ground Water Abstraction (GWA) clearance from Central Ground Water

Abstraction (CGWA) & Ministry of Water Resource (MoWR); New Delhi, Government

of India.

8) Procurement of clearance from National Board for Wild Life (NBWL); New Delhi,

Govt. of India for projects located in sanctuaries, national parks and other protected areas

as well as in their ESZs.

9) Planning, designing and installation of groundwater aquifer monitoring infrastructure

with Piezometer Stations Networking and Hydro-Geological Surveys.

10) Consultation on - Resource & Energy conservation, Non-conventional energy utilization,

Noise; Ventilation; Illumination & Temperature profile surveys, Occupational Health &

Safety.

11) Procurement of ISO 14000:14001 accreditation for projects.

12) Revival and conservation of Lakes and Rivers under National Plan for Conservation of

Aquatic Eco-System (NPCA) (Central Govt.) and State Lake Conservation Plan (State

Govt.)

199

ENCLOSURE – I

No.IA-J-11011/189/2018-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

09 Aug 2018

To,

M/s BALAJI AMINES LTD.(UNIT IV)

Plot No. F-104,Chincholi MIDC,Tal. Mohol, Dist. Solapur,

Solapur-413224

Maharashtra

Tel.No.217-2357050; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/75223/2018

2. Name of the Proposal: Balaji Amines Ltd. (Unit-IV)

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 07 Jul 2018

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

207

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

208

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

209


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

210


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to

211


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

212


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

213


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

214